Home

Clarion Z51-D Automobile User Manual

1. 9 2 Fuel recommendation ssssssssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrne 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recomMmmMendationS ssssssrsrrsressssessrrrrrrrrrrrrrne 9 6 SpEcMCa ON Seienn nr E Eaa 9 7 INNA eae E 5 oenensenes 9 7 Wheels and UGS sc ceeicccccae az dveniscnderseseedeidcnevereses 9 7 DIMENSIONS and weights sce ceavecencatetcdnaricceeaueceses 9 8 When traveling or registering your vehicle in anO GE COUN Y eerren nn saan EEE G 9 8 Vehicle identification ee encccneecpuescteetenu cceiceseesaemnnes 9 8 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 9 8 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 9 Engine serial number secce cstescccececttenseeceiasaccnees 9 9 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 9 Emission control information label 5 9 10 Tire and loading information label 9 10 Air conditioner specification label 9 10 Installing front license plate c eeeeeeeee ee 9 11 Vehicle loading information 2 eeeeeeeee eee 9 12 Vehicle load capacity i atcecstvccasenesnsatenctesnteaeases 9 12 SECUFING the Oad erasssssn anseia 9 14 Loading Pesser sascars se eeteeede ee esacteee 9 15 Measurement of weights cceeeeeeeeeeeee 9 15 TOWING a taillet sosscccccansscatcncertcececesienssidtwsemensecce 9 15 Maximum load I
2. 0 cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeees Compact Disc CD player See audio system scccceiceseddiceteseeedevndds COMPASS 31 tee ho asersere renr aa ee ass CONSOlIE DOX secc co teece ceteendes cecdenacvecesenes Continuously Variable Transmission CVT Oe EEE E EE E E EE Coolant Capacities and recommended fuell riCant Sess rarae eaa Changing engine cCoolant eeeeeees Checking engine coolant level Corrosion PIOlE CHO asses cusivdexveseseeunes eee Cover Cargo COVE sreyeh Revd exene cede saknees CHUISE Control rss isomer nieee E AEA C p holdelS s eee e E E CVT Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission D Daytime running light system n s Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster SWItCh c cece cece eee ees Dimensions and weights c e0i seververseeres eee Display controls See center multi function control panel Door lift gate open warning eeee eens Dot matrix liquid crystal CiSOlay vcriccciatocccsxacs Drive DG lt cxecedumectiecdeeeereteccesesssaerciceee Drive positioner vescctsciceetreteeetcestsateedeseacs Driving All wheel drive AWD 00cccseee eee e ees Cold weather driving sxscovacvexeweadenesatndws 10 2 Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 5 14 On pavement and off road driving 5 6 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Safety precautio
3. 1 15 Pregnant WOMEN ccceeeeeee eect eeeeeeennaeeenas 1 17 injured PEISONS vec cceceatech se nvece cence cassteckedaneteces 1 17 Three point type seat belt cc cceee cece eee 1 17 Seat belt extenders cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 24 Seat belt maintenance ccccceeceeeeeeeeeeenees 1 24 Child SAIGLY siccnncca anise cnsrenteasnioanntevanehtawaneasetaurenaas 1 25 MT ANTS ses weaesade E A E E E E E E TEN 1 25 Small children cccccccdossnarccnaacacdicsdddarsatinesesuanss 1 25 Larger GhildreM w2cavwacnrctnecreeeereaxeraseaeeueetnoareced 1 25 Child FO SIN Sesto te tiatidevanencitannemaieteeneteacuns 1 26 Precautions on child restraints ccccceeeeeeees 1 26 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH SYSteM cccccceeeeececeaeeeeeeeeeeaeaes 1 28 Rear facing child restraint installation using PACH EEEIEE EEE T TTE 1 30 Rear facing child restraint installation using the Sodi DCIS ccnasssesatstaricceeravstatnscdecesastaekedanascese 1 32 Forward facing child restraint installation using LATO Perni dE TENA 1 34 Forward facing child restraint installation using the seat belts ccc ceee cece eee eee ee eee eneeeenaaes 1 36 Installing top tether strap ccceecee eee e eee 1 39 BOOSIEr SAIS 45ccccusstcekccavnncescasaeneaescteresenenaes 1 40 Supplemental restraint SYStOM ccceeeee eee eens 1 43 Precautions on supplemental restraint system 1 43 NIS
4. 0 eeee ees 8 5 Maintenance requirements 00 8 2 Outside the vehicle cccceeeeeeeeeaeees 8 2 Seat belt maintenance cceee eee 1 24 Malfunction indicator light MIL 6 2 15 Manual front seat adjustment 2eee eee 1 3 Map lights css lt s2cccess nsteeseeesss catceccesastueeies 2 55 Master warning NGM sccccerecesceecseedideceeeses 2 14 Mechanical key Intelligent Key system 3 4 Memory storage Automatic drive positioner 3 32 Meter Trip computer coceusicicisebecteseuseeeyesds 2 21 Meters and Gauges 2ccisextestevecorsess tage ieies 2 4 Instrument brightness control 2 36 Mirror ISIC eG ON caerra ieeseermeeeteuaweds 3 28 Outside Mirrors ox ct been oo vexeesecsoretscoesns 3 30 Vanity MIOT 2 20 eesacrssces cedeckssecaonencseed 3 31 Monitor Rearview monitor c ccceeeeeeees 4 21 Mood lights 2 56 MOONTOOP issan nee EEEREN AS 2 53 Multi function controller s ccc cisieerasseescstsedonse 4 4 N New vehicle break in cccceeceeeeeeeeeeees 5 20 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 27 NISSAN voice recognition system 4 106 No key warning sssssssrsursnrrnsrrsrrserrererne 2 19 O Odometer sss ess enneren rrr rr rreren rnrn rrene 2 5 Off road TECOVElY ssssrsreerrrrrnrrr rrr rr rnrn 5 6 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel l ubricants c2n6 cans pane ener ees ans E 9 2 Changing engin
5. 2 42 Audible reminders icicetrctveccctssececsd feaeeenet 2 17 Audio operation precautions 000 4 33 PUCIO SYSTEM oceccanteeigurbeetosaecseadensuentess 4 33 Steering wheel audio controls 4 79 PAULO ClOSUNG enese aiea e a 3 23 Autochanger Compact Disc CD 4 48 Autolight system tancteecureteceerisevedoetercues 2 34 Automatic DOOM Kets 22655 ccc varenaceuentsossecuneesese 3 6 Drive positioner ccceee cence eee ee eee 3 31 Seat positioner ccccee eee ee eee eens 3 31 AUX Auxiliary button cece cece eee eee ees 4 49 Avoiding collision and rollover 0eeeeee 5 5 B Back door See lift gate cccceeee eee 3 19 AGI os2 sive ou does bc cee EEE 8 13 Battery Saver System w dieereseevendivetivcuess 2 35 Intelligent Key gcevtieciud gee vexeseseeeyeeerewess 8 22 Variable voltage control system 8 15 Before starting the engine ssssccsseesessere 5 13 Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system 4 4 82 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 4 93 Bluetooth streaming audio 00ceeeeee 4 62 Booster seats csc icee cas Su ee sentediekcSeevenseveeeds 1 40 Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 26 Brake TW ccseprereseetenneeanebernaseeniese lt e4 8 12 Brake system nue dest eusccatcusursaerauniaes 5 25 Parking b
6. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assist ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs
7. SAA1859 SAA2535 Example 1 Placing a call to the phone 2 The system announces Would you like to number 800 662 6200 access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help 1 Push the TALK y amp switch located on the steering wheel 3 Speak Phone Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Y l Voice Recognition Dial Number Yl Voice Recognition Phone Y l Voice Recognition Dial Number BL TG 4 Dial Number 4 Dial Number Z Change Number Fa 4J ehicle Phonebook k canu Phonebook Please say the entire number or groups Manual Controls Manual Controls 4 Call Histo of numbers Say the next three digits Dial or say Change Number International Call To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2536 SAA2537 SAA2538 5 Speak 8 0 0 6 The system announces Please say the next 4 Speak Dial Number three digits or dial or say change number Selecting the Manual Controls key switches the screen to the keypad to input 7 Speak 6 6 2 the phone number manually 4 116 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International Voice Recognition Dial Number Yul Voice Recognition D
8. CAUTION e The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor re ception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are e Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle e lf a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle e Ifa computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice For USA This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not ex pressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment For Canada This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence
9. or not tubeless T The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES WARNING When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires
10. to body ground for example as illustrated not to the battery SCE0719 WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personainiuty e Make sure the jumper cables do not 1 If the booster battery is in another vehicle touch moving parts in the engine B position the two vehicles A and compartment and that the cable to bring their batteries into close proximity to clamps do not contact any other each other metal Do not allow the two vehicles to touch 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle 2 Apply the parking brake Move the selector and let it run for a few minutes to the P Park ition Switch off all ever to the P Park position Switch off a 6 Keep the engine speed of the booster 6 10 Incase of emergency vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle A being jump started CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cable gt gt Q gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS
11. 1 Folder Random 1 Disc Random amp cp EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DVD Digital Versatile Disc PLAYER OPERATION models with navigation system Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertain ment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake WARNING e The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 CAUTION e Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engine is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can dis charge the vehicle battery
12. FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control sys tem An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the mal function indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehi cle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static elec tricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it
13. SSS0654 Rear facing step 2 2 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing SSS0655 SSS0656 Rear facing step 3 Rear facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 4 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to the Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 33 SSS0657 Rear facing step 5 5 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt SSS0658 Rear facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and
14. The front passenger air bag status light seat 3 or will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected Low beam indicator light The light comes on when the front park side marker tail and license plate lights are on Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control and or Continuously Variable Transmission CVT mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 11 4 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the 4 light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an e
15. 0c ee0e0 9 27 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 000008 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 9 Filter Air cleaner housing filter a i 8 16 Changing engine oil and filter 8 8 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 37 Flat ti eserine erara areka EEE ATAS 6 2 Flat OWING ossee re ierte tinae NE eara 9 23 Floor mat cleaning s nivseseceedaewsaessteeeuyiesea venus 7 4 Fluid Brake TUGes oscecdadverkseeneueerereecesesewes 8 12 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 5s iccs vise ecetettcerend sere esaoees ce 9 2 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT HUNG 2 ccteteend iaeaea EON EAE EEE AAR 8 11 Engine coolant rideccesc svpeceeedlcedsatexetessd 8 7 Engine Oil saren ireren arene E EEEE 8 8 Power steering fluid iiaia 8 11 Window washer fluid naase 8 12 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD changet 2 cssiccaveueseeleeekier cree EE 4 46 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD DAVE W aa aiesei neces si mii e baer neces tee ee ieeeee 4 51 Fog light SWIC Wic lt use ccrzcesnc gress cesedeasss ieee 2 36 Front manual seat adjustment 2 eeee 1 3 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 50 Front power seat adjustment 00s 1 4 Front seat Front seat adjustment 1 3 Front seat active head restraint 1 11 Fuel Capacities and recommended MICHIODNCANIG escrenncovedioncerpnecneseeeduntees 9 2 Fuel econ
16. BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For additional information see BATTERY in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti freeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement How ever the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi tions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see TIRE CHAINS in the 8 Maintenance and d
17. Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When tt is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane e f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gra dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main taining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out
18. NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appro priate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire If you install snow tires they must be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tir
19. Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h The speed varies according to road conditions When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving con ditions the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road
20. Please input passke SAA2506 SAA2507 SAA3005 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key 3 A confirmation screen will be displayed 4 Choose a PIN code to use with the Select No compatible Bluetooth audio device using the number input screen The PIN code will need to be entered into the Bluetooth audio device after step 5 Select the OK key Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device 4 64 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Connect Bluetooth Start connecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIN is XXXX Please input passke SAA3006 5 The standby message screen will appear Operate the compatible Bluetooth audio device For the connecting procedure of the audio device see the Bluetooth audio instructions When the connecting is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display Bluetooth Audio Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXAXXXXXXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0 11 SAA2510 Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode If the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing push ing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast forwa
21. Step light High mounted stop light Back up light Rear stop tail light Rear side marker light License plate light Cargo light Rear turn signal light Halogen headlight model Xenon headlight model HEADLIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog This is not a malfunction If large drops of water collect inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Replacing lf replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer Xenon headlight model WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xe non headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer For additional information see HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section Halogen headlight model The headlight is a semi sealed beam type which uses a replaceable headlight halogen bulb CAUTION Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time Dust moisture smoke etc entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped Only touch the plastic base when handling the bulb Never
22. This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and the key placed in the key port A key reminder chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the key from the key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle 5 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the key cannot be recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered key See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for more details 6 SHIFT P warning This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the selector lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 7 PUSH warning This warning appears when the selector lever is moved
23. Towing safety Satellite radio operation Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment Front power seat adjustment Injured persons Larger children Precautions on seat belt usage Pregnant women Rear center seat belt Seat belt cleaning Seat belt extenders Seat belt hooks Seat belt maintenance Seat belt warning light 2 08 2 14 Seat Des icsse paene aai 1 15 Seat belts with pretensioners 1 55 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 Small HC MGC sete aceeceiateteceeececteess 1 25 Three point type cece eee eee eee 1 17 Seat s Driver side MEMO siseses 3 31 Heated seats nuanean 2 38 SEIS oee NARRE E A AAE 1 2 Security system Vehicle security system 2 26 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start n5 12coeneeserionueeeseercseeeerseene 2 27 Selector lever Shift lock release sc vweccevexderteveseeextcwess 5 17 Servicing air conditioner ss ceive eeisareeev ces 4 32 SETTING DUNO oriei nae e acres 4 12 SHIFT P warning s 200ee lt a crtceeescexieeeesserse 2 19 Shift lock release Transmission 0 0e eee 5 17 Shifting CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 5 14 Shoulder belt height adjustment 1 20 SOURCE Select switch pvcscessotetealiedseceeecas 4 80 Spare TG eriseeria AER Eaa a 8 39 9 7 Spaik PINGS v9 2tcennededtieccebeserecs aeae 8 16 SOSCCCOMEISD ous lt cniceteentvecdiatoesneetnedee
24. When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a damaged or de formed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not re commended For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet CAUTION Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause excessive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and differential gears AWD models Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheel
25. Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 2 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield Push and hold the release tab A and move the wiper blade down the wiper arm Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is in the groove Contact a NISSAN dealer for wiper blade rubber replacement 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself 4a SDI2048 CAUTION After wiper blade replacement re turn the wiper arm to its original position otherwise it may be da maged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure SDI2199 Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle A This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE Contact a NISSAN dealer if checking or replacement is required BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if th
26. e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VI DEO CD formats Display settings To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display Adjust ment key and then select each key Then you can adjust each item using the multi function controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting 0 00 00 Wide Bla f occ ey Digital 5 1 ch SAA2497 Playing a DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off automatically after a period of 4 56 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select i
27. key 5 The indicator turns off and the Standard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands Information User Guide Help on Speaking SAA2531 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the User Guide key 5 Select a preferred item You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system e Lets Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available w
28. ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle damage or personal injury AWD models When a wheel is off the ground due to an unlevel surface do not spin the wheel excessively Accelerating quickly sharp steering maneuvers or sudden braking may cause loss of control If at all possible avoid sharp turning maneuvers particularly at high speeds Your vehicle has a higher center of gravity than a conventional passenger car The vehicle is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars Failure to operate this vehicle correctly could result in loss of control and or a rollover accident Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Install tire chains on the front wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully Be sure to check the brakes imme diately after driving in mud or water See BRAKE SYSTEM later in this section for wet brakes Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward backward or sideways you could be injured Whenever you drive off road through sand mud o
29. pants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occu pants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the following illustration Example Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Load limit 1 400 Ib 640 kg Occupants Luggage Trailer Tongue Peranig avaiable Weight T X na LC I cargo and luggage e load capacity 2 150 lbx2 300lb 30lbx2 60lb 300 Ib 740 Ib 70kg 135kg 14 kg 27kg 135 kg 336 kg 3 Occupants Luggage Remaining available i cargo and luggage F ae load capacity 150Ibx2 300lb 301b x2 60 Ib 1 040 1p 70kg 135kg 14kg 27kg 472 kg Occupants Luggage Remaining available R R n T o LEC cargo and luggage load capacity 150 Ib x 5 750 b 30 Ib x 5 150 b 500 Ib 70 kg 340 kg 14kg 70 kg 227 kg ST10445 6 Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs The resulting figure equals the available amount of c
30. signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering
31. 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position 2 Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock release cover A using a suitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock release using a suitable tool 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to the N Neutral position D while holding down the shift lock release The vehicle may be moved to the desired location Replace the removed shift lock release cover after the operation If the selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position have a NISSAN dealer check the CVT system as soon as possible WARNING If the selector lever cannot be moved from the P Park position while the engine is running and the brake pedal is depressed the stop lights may not work Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Starting and driving 5 17 PARKING BRAKE WARNING Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engaged Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an acci dent 5 18 Starting and driving CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON TROL e lf the cruise control sy
32. 3 Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood lf steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing CAUTION CAUTION e Do not continue to drive if your Continuously Variable Transmission vehicle overheats Doing so could CVT models cannot be push started cause engine damage or a vehicle or tow started Attempting to do so may fire cause transmission damage e To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the engine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot water will spurt out possibly causing serious injury 4 Open the engine hood WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned e Do not open the hood if steam is 5 Visually check drive belts for damage or coming out looseness Also check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water If coolant is leaking the water pump belt is missing or loose or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abno
33. AWD lock switch operations 5 22 AWD warning light sccccnctecariedsactexedecesantaghvsese 5 23 Parking parking ON hills 5 24 Power steering c2deecesec cnt eadtenececenscaacwtiGncteavernee 5 25 Brake SYSTE ie ee a een 5 25 Braking PlOCAUNONS scart cantteartecdeoreteenietet uence 5 25 Parking brake DFG AKeIN s2cuscneneesvnotersecneccmuneesi acts 5 26 Anti lock Braking System ABS c00000es 5 26 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 5 5 27 Cold weather GIVING sc2ssecicoes tenceca edueagiaaernesneciass 5 29 Freeing a frozen door lock eeeeeeee eee 5 29 Ant MOCO ce on oe ee ee ree ee ee eer rere 5 29 SEUL ened onasanct anise T E T ET 5 29 Draining of coolant water eeeeeeeeeeeee 5 29 Tre eguipmeNi scssi oecueceescecrececetensteeeenameees 5 29 Special winter equipment sssssseererserresserrees 5 30 Driving on SNOW OF IOG icdisssirisereidninnaadeisreras 5 30 Engine block heater if so equipped 606 5 30 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent op eration of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Pr
34. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward facing child restraint WARNING Infants and children need special pro tection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section A child restraint may be secured in the vehicle by using either the LATCH Lower Anchor and Tethers for CHildren system or with the vehicle seat belt See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section for more information NISSAN recommends that all pre teens and children be restrained in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental restraint sys tem Air bag system for the front passen ger See SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM later in this section INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint NISSAN recom Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system m
35. DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY SIC3576 The dot matrix liquid crystal display f is located in the speedometer and it displays the key operation information and other warn ings and information For the detail about the Intelligent Key System see INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Instruments and controls 2 17 INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator This indicator appears when the selector lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by 2 18 Instruments and controls WARNING ye RELEASE PARKING BRAKE NEXT pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed You can start the engine directly in any position CHECK TIRE PRESSURE SIC4680 2 Steering lock release malfunction indicator if so equipped This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position If this indicator appears push the push button ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 3 Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the key needs to be inserted into the key port For example the Intelligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the key into the key port in the correct direction See PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Start ing and driving section 4 Key removal indicator
36. DVD ROM 5 DVD R DVD RW DVD R DL USB2 0 CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM 5 DVD R DVD RW DVD R DL ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Supported file systems Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported USB memory FAT16 FAT32 MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR WMA7 WMAB WMAE Supported WMA 2 Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz versions 1 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR MPEG AAC AAC 5 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 96 kHz 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only Tag information Song title and Artist name WMA tag WMA only Models with navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 512 including root folder Files 5 000 Folder levels ol Models without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder ae Models with navigation system 100 characters Text character number limitation a Models without navigation system 64 characters Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 Biesiavabie dharseiercodas 3 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big pran Endian 05 UNICO
37. In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information F EP 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Meters and Qa GS cx ncatmcansycunnaaanvencaaesersiausdeaature 0 8 OY SIENY SRS sevsceustensecceninaeltelvecanbentedteaneracebdeenes 0 2 Engine Compartment ccccccsceseeeeseeeeesseeesaeees 0 9 Eeron MOM orere E A 0 3 VO35DE engine psacasseseacatudsnccunianiieeantenesdacecins 0 9 POTION a A E ET EE 0 4 Warning and indicator lights TEE E ETA 0 10 Passenger compartment ssssssssserererssrrrrrrrrrrrrn 0 5 Instrument panel ssssssssssrsrrrrresssssersrerrrrrrrrrenne 0 6 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 1 Rear center seat belt Page 1 21 2 Adjustable headrest P 1 12 3 Seat belts P 1 15 4 Armrest P 1 14 5 Head restraints P 1 9 Front seat Active Head Restraints P 1 11 6 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags P 1 43 7 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 43 8 Child restraint anchor points for top tether strap child restraint P 1 39 9 LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system P 1 28 10 Rear seats P 1 6 Child restraints P 1 26 11 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags P 1 43 12 Seat belt pretensioner P 1 55 13 Front seats P 1 3 14 Occupant classification sensor pattern sen
38. In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See examples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recog nition success rate try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode later in this section Other wise it is recommended that Alternate Com mand Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 Settings Others Language amp Units Image Viewer Adjust voice recognition settings Settings Voice Recognition Change the mode of voice recognition Information Voice Recognition BACK Display the commands of voice recagnition SAA2529 SAA2543 SAA2544 Activating Alternate Command Mode 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Highlight the Others key Highlight the Voice Recognition key key 5 The confirmation message is di
39. L Low Use this position for maximum engine braking on steep downhill gradients climbing steep slopes and whenever approaching sharp bends Do not use the L position in any other circumstances 5 16 Starting and driving SSD0692 Overdrive O D OFF switch When the O D OFF switch is pushed with the selector lever in the D Drive position the indicator light in the instrument panel illuminates Use the overdrive off mode when you need improved engine braking To turn off the overdrive off mode push the O D OFF switch again The indicator light will turn off Each time the engine is started or when the selector lever is shifted to any position other than the D Drive position the overdrive off mode will be automatically turned off Accelerator downshift In D position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into a lower gear depending on the vehicle speed High fluid temperature protection mode This transmission has a high fluid temperature protection mode If the fluid temperature be comes too high for example when climbing steep grades in high temperature with heavy loads such as when towing a trailer engine power and under some conditions vehicle speed will be decreased automatically to reduce the chance of transmission damage Vehicle speed can be controlled with the accelerator pedal but the engine and vehicle spe
40. MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN dealer Genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals can also be purchased In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals contact 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual for this model year and prior contact a NISSAN dealer For the phone number and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Information Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you 9 28 Technical and consumer information IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important informa tion you should know Many insurance companies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value t
41. Open the console lid and connect a USB memory as illustrated Then push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory This USB device contains multisession contents Please select item to play Flay Movie Contents Play Audio Contents SAA2500 File selection models with navigation system When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of file the audio or movie operation screen is displayed and starts to play If a video file restricts the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display TUNE Folder Artist XXXXXXXXXXXK Album XXXXXXXXXXXX Track XXXAXXXXXXXXX Folder 1of3 Track 1of61 Menu SAA2501 Models with navigation system UN E oooooooox 2e0o00000000000 fe 0 00 Eoo 4 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX H 5 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX ne sexx 0 J ons Dom Repeat All SAA261 1 Models without navigation system Audio file operation or PLAY When the DISC AUX or AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX or AUX
42. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in SEAT BELTS earlier in this section 7 PASSENGER Je AIRBAG ag OFF SSS0823 If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concern ing the following systems e Driver and passenger supplemental front impact air bag NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System e Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag e Roof mounted curtain side impact and roll over supplemental air bag e Seat belt pretensioner Supplemental front im
43. TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section For the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning see DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY later in this section WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with un der inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light stays on after adjusting the tire pressure and driving over 16 MPH 25 km h have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a Spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and
44. The Intelligent Key functions can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine The cargo area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function LOCK gt ACC ON SSD1021 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates e Push center four times to return to ACC e Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch position cannot be switched to LOCK until the s
45. The drivers seat will slide backward and the steering wheel will move up when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key not inserted in the Intelligent Key port The driver s seat and steering wheel will return to the previous positions when the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position The driver s seat will not return to the previous positions if the seat or steering adjusting switch is operated when the seat is at the exit position Cancel or activate entry exit function The selector lever must be in the P Park position with the ignition switch in the OFF position The entry exit function can be activated or canceled by pressing and holding the SET switch for more than 10 seconds The indicator lights on the memory switches 1 and 2 will blink once when the function is canceled and the indicator lights will blink twice when the function is activated Note that the indicator lights may illuminate after 5 seconds while holding the SET switch This indicates readiness for linking the Intelligent Key to a stored memory position Keep the SET switch pressed for more than 10 seconds to turn on or off the entry exit function The entry exit function can also be activated or canceled if the Lift Steering Wheel on Exit key or Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit key is turned to ON or OFF in the Comfort amp Conv settings See VEHICLE INFORMATION
46. The system announces the avail able commands NOTE If the other party ends the call or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature may need to be reset to off Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 Telephone Menu 0 00 gt ff a name if Callback if Redial ff Help SAA2582 PHONE SETTINGS Call a name If there are entries stored in the Phone Book a number associated with a name and location can be dialed See Phone book registration in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phone book entry to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks the user to choose the location Once the name and location are confirmed the system begins the call Number When prompted by the system speak the number to call Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number of outgoing calls The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system an nounces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Callback Use the Callback command to call the last number in incoming calls The system acknowledges the command repeats the number and begins dialing If an incoming call number does not exist the
47. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential in stallation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accor dance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communica tions However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the inter ference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 LIGHTS 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2700 Front turn signal park light or Front turn signal light Headlight high beam or Front park light Headlight low beam or Headlight low beam high beam Side marker light Front map light Rear personal light Front fog light if so equipped
48. WARNING If the cargo cover if so equipped contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top 1 29 tether strap is damaged e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged Top tether anchor point locations Anchor points are located on the back side of the seatbacks REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions SSS0648 SSS0649 Rear facing web mounted step 2 Rear facing rigid mounted step 2 2 Secure the chi
49. audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods e Push the audio source switch on the steering wheel repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode See STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO later in this section e Push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeat edly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode e Give voice commands See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this sec tion Stopping playback The system stops playing when a another mode radio CD DVD USB memory iPod or AUX is selected b the audio system is turned off c the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the fast forward or mass rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the track will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the track will return to the normal play speed When the w or 44 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when a track is being played Play mode selection The TUNE FOLDER knob will skip from album to album unless
50. button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the s s Rewind or mass Fast Forward button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the pr or 44 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 59 Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the multi function controller REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat gt All Random 1 Folder Random Normal USB Menu O GBD Menu Movie Playback Playback Folder List SAA2502 Menu models with navigation system There are some options available during play back Select one
51. change the front seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by installing additional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bag e Work around and on the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats WARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pre tensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the preten
52. e Traffic Info e Weather Info e Map Update e Navigation Version When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Navigation Version key is displayed after selecting the Others key Information Fuel Economy Distance to Empty kkkk mile Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Eco History Avg Fuel Econ 26 0 Fuel Econ SAA2479 Information Fuel Eco History Reset Interval Latest SAA2480 Models with navigation system i Information gt Fuel Economy 34 miles l Fuel Econom Average 30 y Fuel Economy0 10 20 Zompel_Reset_ Distance to Empty Fuel Eco History SAA2720 Li Information gt Fuel Eco History SAA2721 Models without navigation system Fuel Economy information The distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy will be displayed for reference To reset the average fuel economy Avg Fuel Econ or Average Fuel Economy select the Reset Fuel Eco or Reset key If the Fuel Eco History or View key is selected the average fuel consumption history will be displayed in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information a
53. gauge to eliminate this leakage Remove the gauge Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the side wall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental character istics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety stan dard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall P215 60R16 94H SDI1606 Example 1 Tire size example P215 60R16 l 94H P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width R The R stands for radial Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or three digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 DOT XX XX
54. later in this section Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 Settings SAA2484 Models with navigation system Settings O OA C oe N E conor com l Cargas oms O A CO SAA1514 Models without navigation system HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 4 12 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Audio Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Vol SAA2485 Models with navigation system Settings gt Audio nS Base C 000008000001 e Treble Conin WE Balance Ct UN000N00000C RE Fader CR JQQU00000000C_F J H Speed Sensitive vo O CO j o A SAA2740 Models without navigation system Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the multi function controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Speed Sensitive Vol The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol and adjust the effect level with th
55. method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance When speaking a house number speak the number O as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak Zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 Command List Category Command Phone Operates the Phone function Navigation Operates the Navigation function Displays the vehicle Information function Audio Operates the Audio function Displays User Guide e Phone Command Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Call history Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry 4 112 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Navigation Command Command Sets a r
56. never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care CAUTION e Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo nents causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to func tion properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used e Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents e Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted e Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged Rinse the vehicle again with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to r
57. pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume amp Beeps key Audio Volume To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume and adjust it with the multi function controller You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume select the Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Guidance Volume and adjust it with the multi function controller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being announced Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations NOTE When the voice guidance is being an nounced during audio playback turning the volume knob does not adjust the music level it adjusts the guidance volume level If voice guidance is not being heard please check the Guidance Volume level SAA2605 Button beeps settings models without navigation system The Button Beeps screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button select
58. rearrange cargo to allow for proper tongue load T11012M MAXIMUM GROSS VEHICLE WEIGHT GVW MAXIMUM GROSS AXLE WEIGHT GAW The GVW of the towing vehicle must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The GVW equals the combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment In addition front or rear GAW must not exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR shown on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Towing capacities are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options Technical and consumer information 9 17 required to achieve the rating Additional pas sengers cargo and or optional equipment such as the trailer hitch will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle s maximum towing capacity and trailer tongue load The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed to confirm the vehicle is within the GVWR Front GAWR Rear GAWR Gross Combined Weight Rating GCWR and Towing capacity All vehicle and trailer weights can be measured using platform type scales commonly found at truck stops highway weigh stations building supply centers or salvage yards To determine the available payload capacity for tongue load use the following procedure 1 Locate the GVWR on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label 2 Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all of
59. service area Your vehicle is in an area where it Is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed e When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call e Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time e Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption e While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please contact a NISSAN dealer Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc The ante
60. the passengers and cargo that are normally in the vehicle when towing a trailer 3 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GVWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum tongue load To determine the available towing capacity use the following procedure 1 Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the Towing Load Specification chart found 9 18 Technical and consumer information later in this section 2 Subtract the actual vehicle weight from the GCWR The remaining amount is the avail able maximum towing capacity To determine the Gross Trailer Weight weigh your trailer on a scale with all equipment and cargo that are normally in the trailer when it is towed Make sure the Gross trailer weight is not more than the Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown on the trailer and is not more than the calculated available maximum towing capacity Also weigh the front and rear axles on the scale to make sure the Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are not more than Front Gross Axle Weight and Rear Gross Axle Weight on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label The cargo in the trailer and vehicle may need to be moved or removed to meet the specified ratings Example Gross Vehicle Weight GVW as weighed on a scale including passengers cargo and hitch 4 926 lb 2 234 kg Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR from F M V S S C M V S S certification label 5 263 Ib 2 387 kg Gross Combined
61. 2 6 Instruments and controls SIC4690 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge needle points within the zone 4 shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible and let the engine idle If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the engine See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required COMPASS if so equipped E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge needle reaches E The lt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the driver s side of the vehicle CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the C5 malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the lt light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving SIC4691 trips have the vehicle inspected by SIC3181 FUEL GAUGE a NISSAN dealer When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON a e For additional information
62. 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trade marks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote SAA38342 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS if so equipped The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center console NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks Compatible audio devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica tion purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a Jack turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the jacks push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the display switches to the AUX mode Display Mode Volume Settings SAA2496 Models with navigation system GB AUX gt Settings Display Mode C Normal gt SAA1567 Models without navigation system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 AUX Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while in the AUX mode the menu screen will be displayed
63. 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2200 Side marker light Halogen headlight model 1 Remove the rubber cover See HEAD LIGHTS earlier in this section 2 Remove the bulb as illustrated cA INSTALL SDI1679 SDI1500B Front map light Front fog light if so equipped SDI2031 Rear personal light Vanity mirror light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including t
64. AUTO CIOSUNG acccccccanascntinsespecesechscdassecsinteavercaee 3 23 ERE Chale Relea Osseo e 3 24 Fuekiler COOP srccpeeecnet ates rner n Ennan riia 3 24 Opening fuel filler dOOr cceeeeeee ence teeta 3 24 Fuel filler cap emrecsoansaiectedaenecatesaceusmtocessmensees 3 24 Tilt telescopic steering ssssssssererrssseseserrrrrrrrns 3 26 Manual operation sssssssssrrersresrserererrrrrrrre 3 26 PICCIIG Operadlo senina 3 27 OUN VSOTO cessar an Ea EAEE EREA 3 27 ION Seer soy see teense eerste eee 3 28 side MITO iiinis d a ioar 3 28 Outside MINO Ss ccc caderaeetdtewasssd es ceeansacesdavacans 3 30 Vanity MIE Of xvccese sesnavsescaenevseudexactecceeconercses 3 31 Automatic drive positioner if so equipped 3 31 Eniryrexit TUN CUOM oscsecareercanstatensreesedatencessscced 3 31 Memory StOlAG 6 weciec ccacdastax seecSaunsdeenreccanace veces 3 32 System COGTAUON ss ct cusicascwersacnessosimneatannsaae 3 33 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by a NISSAN dealer 3 2 Pre drivin
65. CVT Fluid NS 2 Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 5 For hot climates viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32 F 0 C 6 DEXRON VI type ATF may also be used 7 Available in mainland U S A through a NISSAN dealer 8 For additional information see VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION later in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cat alyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWFC speci fications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this spe cification to improve emission control system and vehicle performance Ask your service st
66. Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until Light Off Delay the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position S AL Models without navigation system Intelligent Key Lock Unlock The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the SAA2489 SAA3151 ON position Models with navigation system Others settings models with navigation Auto Interior Illumination system When this item is turned to ON the interior The Others settings display will appear when lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Settings gt Comfort S Others key N F Light Sensitivity z B Auto Interior Illumination O ON The following items are available Light Sensitivity S Mo e Comfort f Light Off Delay OC 45s_ JE Selective Door Unlock O ON e Language amp Units guag E Inteligent Key Lock Unlock N e Voice Recognition Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left co CJ H Lift Steering Wheel on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the steering wheel moves upward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the LOCK position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and SAA3150 pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position Mode
67. Distance guide lines Sree ato TEES aie Minin cies ee cleaning dirt or snow from the lens Indicate distances from the vehicle body by the number of occupants fuel e Red line approx 1 5 ft 0 5 m level vehicle position road condi tion and road grade e Yellow line approx 3 ft 1 m e If the tires are replaced with differ e Green line 3 approx 7 ft 2 m ent sized tires the predicted course e Green line approx 10 ft 3 m line may be displayed incorrectly 4 22 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems On a snow covered or slippery road there may be a difference between the predicted course line and the actual course line If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged the predicted course lines may be displayed in correctly If this occurs drive the vehicle on a straight road for more hill objects viewed in the monitor are further than they appear When backing up the vehicle down a hill objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge dis tances to other objects The vehicle width and predicted course lines are wider than the actual width and When the steering wheel is turned course than 5 minutes with the ignition switch in the ACC position the predicted course lines may be displayed incorrectly The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right beca
68. EXIT SIC4237 INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See TRIP COM PUTER later in this section 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See TRIP COMPU TER later in this section More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section SIC3580 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the right side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the side or front of the switches as shown above A J switch switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the
69. For glove box lock see STORAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section DOORS WARNING Always have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents SPA2432 LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle 4 will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position 8 turning it to the rear again within 5 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Center dis play heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH
70. Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin terrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTI CULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRIN GEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE 4 76 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technol ogy and related content delivery For more information please visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2009 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2009 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207
71. HFC 134a R 134a and the oil NISSAN A C system oil Type S or the exact equivalents CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner 9 6 Technical and consumer information system components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service A NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model Type Cylinder arrangement Bore x Stroke in mm Displacement cu in cm Firing order Idle speed rpm Ignition timing B T D C degree rpom Spark plug Standard Spark plug gap Normal in mm Camshaft operation VQ35DE Gasoline 4 cycle 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 3 760 x 3 205 95 5 x 81 4 213 45 3 498 1 2 3 4 5 6 No adjustment Is necessary FXE22HR 1 1 0 043 1 1 Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Type Offset in mm 18 x 7 1 2 1 97 50 Aluminum 20 x 7 1 2J 1 97 50 Tire
72. Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood LIFT GATE WARNING Always be sure the lift gate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving Do not drive with the lift gate open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See EXHAUST GAS carbon mon oxide in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this manual Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents Always be sure that hands and feet are clear of the door frame to avoid injury while closing the lift gate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 SPA2438 OPERATING MANUAL LIFT GATE To open the lift gate unlock it and push the opener switch A Pull up the lift gate to open The lift gate can be unlocked by e pushing the unlock button gg on the Intelligent Key twice e pushing the lift gate request switch if so equipped e pushing the door handle request switch twice if so equipped e pushing the power door lock switch to the unlock position 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments inserting the mechanical key into the driver s door key cyl
73. N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tigh tened to specifications at each lubrica tion interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar Stowing the damaged tire and the tools Securely store the damaged tire jack and tools in the storage area Replace the cargo box Close the cargo floor board Close the lift gate WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sudden stop The T type spare tire and small size JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and spare tire are designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the batter
74. RECEIVING A CALL When the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the button on the steering wheel NOTE To reject a call when the ring tone is heard press the button on the steering wheel Telephone Menu 0 00 E fff Transfer Handset ff Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2581 DURING A CALL During a call there are several command options available Press the yt button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands e digits Use the Send command to enter numbers during a call For example if directed to dial an extension by an auto mated system Speak Sending one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call e Mute on off Use the Mute command to mute the user s voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute the user s voice e Transfer Handset Use the Transfer Handset command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to a cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer Handset The call is transferred to the handset only The system then ends the VR session The Transfer Call command can also be issued again to return to a hands free call through the vehicle e Help
75. Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 SSS1028 Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Push the front 4 or back 2 end of the switch to adjust the seatback lumbar area ne AL a WW REAR SEATS Folding SSS0569 Before folding the rear seats Secure the seat belts on the seat belt hooks on the side wall See Seat belt hooks later in this section Disconnect and stow the center seat belt and tongue into the retractor base See Rear center seat belt later in this section Always reconnect the center seat belt when the seat is returned to the upright position Remove drink containers from the rear cup holder 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To fold down the seatbacks Pull the strap on the rear seat A Pull the lever beside the cargo area and fold the seat back SSS0821 To return the seatbacks Manual operation Lift up each seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched Power operation if so equipped Push and hold the corresponding switch located on the lower side of the instrument panel 8 or the right or left side in the cargo area A A beep sounds once and the seatback will be returned automatically A beep sounds twice when the seatback is fully returned to the seating position If the control unit detects any obstacle or
76. THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See POWER WINDOWS in the 2 Instruments and controls section To open the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the door UNLOCK button of the key See REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYS TEM later in this section To close the windows turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key SPA2465 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position 4 then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position 2 When locking the door without Intelligent Key be sure not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 SPA2300 LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors The switches are located on the drivers and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver s or front passenger s door
77. The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side W SPA2433 CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK The child safety rear door lock helps prevent doors from being opened accidentally espe cially when small children are in the vehicle When the levers are in the lock position Q the rear doors can be opened only from the outside To disengage move the levers to the unlock position INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door locks including the lift gate using the remote controller function or pushing the re quest switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocke
78. This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled immediately wash the surface with water 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2178 Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line 2 or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDOW WASHER FLUID Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light illuminates To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap and pour the window washer fluid into the reservoir opening Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry b Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Recommended fluid e Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concen trate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection CAUTION Do not substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint Do not fill the
79. Vehicle Immobilizer System keys 3 2 Intelligent Key system ssssssssssssssssrrrrrrrrrerenn 3 3 Mechanical Key cee ticap tee sescceneteatenes be ocesenceates 3 4 Valet NO ce aac torent ene oe desea eaneceenve dest 3 4 DOOP eee ne ere eer rr ee ee ry 3 4 Locking with mechanical key seeeeeee ee 3 5 Opening and closing windows with the RS CHAN IGA KC ceensectanee ste coer peeeananescneneedese eet 3 5 Locking with inside lock knob 00eeee ee 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 3 6 Au tomatic GOOF 1OCKS ieiccccchcevectete acces endseen ent 3 6 Child safety rear door lock cceeeeeeee eee eaes 3 7 Intelligent Key system ssssssssssssssssssrrrrrrrrrrrrrne 3 7 Intelligent Key operating range 0 eeeeeee ee 3 9 Door locks unlocks precaution eeee eee ee 3 9 Intelligent Key operation 0 eceeeeee seer eee 3 10 Battery saver SySteM 0ceeeeeeeee eee ee eee eee 3 13 Waming SIGN Al Sccech asc cemecsaieevcaseemssteoeenussceeverss 3 13 Troubleshooting guide isi neoterecceudexetecteiamesesireus 3 14 Remote keyless entry system 20 eeeee eee eee 3 15 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 16 PU Gh oa oe ee eas atonateen nae ese eins saen ten E 3 19 Litt ale T E E S E A TT 3 19 Operating manual lift gate eeeeesees seere 3 20 Operating power lift gate if so equipped 3 20
80. Weight Rating GCWR from Towing Load Specification chart 8 300 lb 3 765 kg Maximum Trailer towing capacity from Tow ing Load Specification chart 3 500 lb 1 588 kg 5 263 Ib 2 387 kg GVWR 4 926 lb 2 234 kg GVW B Available for tongue 337 Ib 152 kg weigh 8 300 Ib 3 765 kg GCWR 4 926 lb 2 234 kg GVW 3 374 Ib 1 530 kg Capacity available for towing 337 Ib 152 kg 3 374 Ib 1 530 kg Available tongue weight Available capacity 10 tongue weight The available towing capacity may be less than the maximum towing capacity due to the passenger and cargo load in the vehicle Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be tween 10 to 15 of the trailer weight If the tongue load becomes excessive rearrange the cargo to obtain the proper tongue load Do not exceed the 10 to 15 tongue weight specifica tion even if the calculated available tongue weight is greater than 15 If the calculated tongue weight Is less than 10 reduce the total trailer weight to match the available tongue weight Always verify that available capacities are within the required ratings TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION TOWING LOAD SPECIFICATION CHART Unit lb kg MODEL VQ35DE WEIGHT MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT 1 3 500 1 588 MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 159 GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8 300 3 765 RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT 2 Sway Control Device SCD 1 All towing above 1 000 Ib 454 kg requires
81. XXX XXXX Example 2 TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX 1 DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number 2 Two digit code Manufacturer s identifi cation mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type
82. a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement re commendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should
83. a teaepee asta iateceinenaeaee 2 50 Moonroof if so CQUIPPE ececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 2 53 Automatic moonroof and sunshades 2 53 PETE TO WE Sa aa EEEO 2 55 Map WOMANS rere creetsmenstumce cee EEEa 2 55 Personal WMS seticcece ceases teeenecezescaugarseseeees 2 55 Interior light Control switch xisceccesecascncscnenenvedes 2 55 Mood ligis imsseseccescsecnstantessncascsdecseaeseaiussaeeteess 2 56 Vanity mirror ghtS 2 cee cs pep ecactanecexecemrsseanedecencstreas 2 57 Garga MIG ES cancssananrarniveninecansise awencsaaensonnnssanen HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink scceccveccrcacudessccestadieces Programming HomeLink for Canadian GUSIOMGLS ccsrtxcnwssncag snueerncevidrecsettacdwnsevawests ds Operating the HomeLink Universal TWORSCEIVED esmae nn RAAR A EASRA Programming trouble diagnosis eseeeeee Clearing the programmed information 5 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button it your vehicle 1S Stolen nstcasonteoceorsictintseteeceneees INSTRUMENT PANEL 17 18 1920 212223 Ie eh 2 2 Heated steering wheel switch Side ventilator Power lift gate switch Headlight fog light and turn signal switch Fuel filler door opener switch Instruments and controls SS10805 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Audio control Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control Meters and gauges 10 11 15 16 1
84. air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags will deflate quickly after a collision The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational 1 50 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PASSENGER Je AIRBAG ag OFF SSS0823 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident Status light The front passenger air bag status light seats 3 or is located on the instrument panel below the air conditioner controls After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position the front passenger air bag status lig
85. appear when select ing the Full Screen Display key To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the multi function controller e gt Start Select the c gt key to start playing the slideshow e Stop Select the C key to stop the slideshow e Next Select the tw key to display the next file e _ _ Previous Select the tw key to display the previous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are available for the full screen display e Slideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key From the following display select the changing time from 5 10 30 60 seconds or No Auto Change e Slideshow Order Select the Slideshow Order key From the following display select Random or Order List For Order List the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory Operating tips e Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg jpeg Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 15 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 Maximum Images per Folder 1024 e f an electronic device such as a digital camer
86. applied If the parking brake needs adjustment see a NISSAN dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjusters and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position controls such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints headrests move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe c
87. are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dama ging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warm ing it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
88. as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Only use fabric protectors approved by NISSAN e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the ventilators These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s instructions before using air fresheners FLOOR MATS WARNING To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision or injury e NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver front position e Use only genuine NISSAN floor mats specifically designed for use in your vehicle model See your NISSAN dealer for more informa tion e Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat posi tioning aid See Floor mat posi tioning aid later in this section The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior Mats should be maintained with r
89. auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system 1 If the moonroof is open close it fully by pushing the CLOSE side 2 of the moon roof switch Push and hold the CLOSE side 2 of the moonroof switch aad 3 Release the moonroof switch after the moonroof or sunshade moves slightly to the closed position 4 Push and hold the CLOSE side 2 of the moonroof switch for 10 seconds 5 The moonroof and sunshades will fully open and then close 6 Check if the moonroof switch operates normally If the moonroof does not operate properly after performing the procedure above have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer INTERIOR LIGHTS zs MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off Ca PERSONAL LIGHTS Rear Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off ON DOOR OFF SIC3251 INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position 4 the map lights and rear personal lights will illumi nate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position 2 the map lights and rear personal lights will illuminate under the
90. be set Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the Volume key can also operate the same settings e Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone Incoming Call or Out going Call key and adjust it with the multi function controller e Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held e Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call Auto Download When this item is activated the phonebook of a hands free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands free phone is connected Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved 1 Ensure that the command is valid See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 106 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone t fails to int t th i viele te i a eaecamnane 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in
91. be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly 1 17 SSS0292 Fastening the seat belts 1 Adjust the seat See SEATS earlier in this section 2 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage e The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat e If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor SSS0290 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three point seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts The Automatic Loc
92. car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road char acteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spe cified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and i
93. cause unsafe vehicle handling and longer braking distances This may cause a premature tire failure which could result in a serious accident and personal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER WARNING Overloading or improper loading of a trailer and its cargo can adversely affect vehicle handling braking and perfor mance and may lead to accidents CAUTION e Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy load for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged e For the first 500 miles 800 km that you tow a trailer do not drive over 50 MPH 80 km h and do not make starts at full throttle This helps the engine and other parts of your vehicle wear in at the heavier loads Your new vehicle was designed to be used primarily to carry passengers and cargo Re member that to
94. com gracenote for details Update Gracenote from HDD models with navigation system Update Miss ing Titles models without navigation system Search the title using the database in the hard drive flash memory Models with navigation system r Music Box gt Music Box Settings SAA2517 0 00 Music Box Used Free Space jel Delete Tracks from Music Box B Automatic Recording H Recording Quality H Gracenote Database Version B Models without navigation system SAA2438 Music Box settings To set the Music box hard drive flash memory to your preferred settings select the Menu key during playback and the Music Box Settings key with the multi function controller and then push the ENTER button Music Box Used Free Space Information about Saved Album Saved Track and Remaining Time is displayed Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard drive flash memory automatically starts recording when a CD is inserted Delete Songs from Music Box Deletes the current song selected songs or albums by choosing from the list or all songs albums in the Music Box Recording Quality Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 kbps The default is set to 105 kbps models with navigation system Set the recording quality of 96 kbps 128 kbps or 192 kbps The default is set to 128 kbps models without navigation system CDDB Version models wi
95. degrees the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a mag netic field such as a TV audio equipment personal computer or cellular phone If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN deal er The Intelligent Key function can be disabled For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function contact a NISSAN dealer INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 1 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request SPA2074 switches may not function When
96. details of warnings Instruments and controls 2 25 SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2133 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system if so equipped e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM if so equipped The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors or lift gate when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a 2 26 Instruments and controls vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your keys in the vehicle and always lock it when unattended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC1699A How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if t
97. displayed on the screen For title acquisition from the hard drive flash memory music recognition technol ogy and related data are provided by Grace note If a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds the mark is displayed behind the track number The Music Box hard drive flash memory cannot perform recording under the following condi tions e There is not enough space in the hard drive flash memory e The number of albums reaches the maximum of 500 e The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted See Music Box settings later in this section Stopping recording To stop the recording select the Stop REC key button by touching the screen or using the multi function controller If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the recording also stops Music Box My Playlists TUNE Track Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXAXXXXXXX Track 1 of 1 SAA2515 Models with navigation system ela Music Box 0 00 Album 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX izl XXXXXXXXXXXXX 4 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX H OXXXXXXXXXXXXX pyy Ewoo fF 4 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX H 5 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Z Cr C o TF Repeat Playlist SAA2614 Models without navigation system Center display heater air conditioner
98. does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer SIC2770 The seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console and rear doors if so equipped for rear seats can be operated independently of each other 1 Start the engine 2 Select heat range Q For high heat push the HI High side of the switch 2 For low heat push the LO Low side of the switch The indicator light in the switch will illuminate when the heater is on To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure the indicator light goes off The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn off the switch Instruments and controls 2 39 CLOCK MODELS WITH COLOR DISPLAY To adjust the clock on the front color display use the SETTING button on the center multi function control panel See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock 2 40 Instruments and controls SIC3802 MODELS WITHOUT COLOR DISPLAY The digital
99. examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the follow ing examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number O as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak Zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh Settings Voice recognition Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback System learning mode for recognition improvement stem learning mode for recognition improvement SAA2549 Speaker adaptation function for Alter nate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the Others key Select th
100. front wheels on towing dollies e Push the ignition switch to the CAUTION g ACC or ON position and secure e Never tow Continuously Variable the steering wheel in a straight Transmission CVT models with ahead position with a rope or the front wheels on the ground or similar device four wheels on the ground forward e Move the selector lever to the N 6 14 Incase of emergency Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery device Front Securely install the vehicle recovery hook stored in the cargo area as illustrated Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use PE CAUTION Tie down and recovery hook e Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the main structural members of the vehicle or the recovery hook Otherwise the vehi A WARNING cle body will be damaged e Never tow a vehicle using the vehi cle tie downs or recovery hooks VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle SCE0717 e Donot spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged e Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool in
101. gravity excessively do not exceed the rated capacity of the roof rack if so equipped and evenly distribute the load Secure heavy loads in the cargo area as far forward and as low as possible Do not equip the vehicle with tires larger than speci fied in this manual This could cause your vehicle to roll over Do not grip the inside or spokes of the steering wheel when driving off road The steering wheel could move suddenly and injure your hands Instead drive with your fin gers and thumbs on the outside of the rim Before operating the vehicle ensure that the driver and all passengers have their seat belts fastened Always drive with the floor mats in place as the floor may became hot Lower your speed when encounter ing strong crosswinds With a higher center of gravity your NISSAN is more affected by strong side winds Slower speeds ensure better vehicle control Do not drive beyond the perfor mance capability of the tires even with AWD engaged For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or un expected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dy namometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equip
102. hazard indicator flashes once and the outside chime sounds once The corre sponding door or the lift gate will unlock 3 Push the request switch again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and the outside chime sounds once again All the doors and the lift gate will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the request switch is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door including the lift gate e Pushing the ignition switch Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port Power lift gate open if so equipped 1 Carry the Intelligent Key 2 Push the power lift gate opener switch 3 The lift gate will unlock and automatically open 4 The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds To close the lift gate push the power lift gate button on the key or power lift gate switch on the instrument panel or lower part of the lift gate See LIFT GATE in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and
103. in your Warranty In formation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 425 ao SAFETY DEFECTS US only For USA If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come involved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 Technical and consumer information 9 25 For Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport
104. including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do SO Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Starting and driving 5 5 ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of
105. increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will skip to the next or previous index e Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod Menu CD e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch models with navigation system will show the CD Menu DVD models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number e Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display e When the transparent operation menu ap pears the switch will control the menu USB e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu Music Box e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the album folder number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch will show the Music Box Menu 4 80 Center display heater a
106. inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the air bag status light is not illuminated reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat The air bag system and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag system the supplemental air bag warning light 7 located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrum
107. is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel the passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor satellite sensor Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle sensors and occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored 1 49 Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classification sen
108. it is playing All Songs from the Music Library menu When playing All Songs the knob will change the track instead of the album The upper right corner of the main screen will indicate if the TUNE knob is changing by track or album REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT RDM button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 4 72 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Normal gt 1 Album Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat 1 Album Random gt All Random Normal Tag Track models with navigation system Select Tag Track key on the screen when a track is being played A menu will show the 5 available playlists Select one of the playlists to add the current song to that playlist If a playlist is not selectable text is grayed out it means the song already exists in that playlist 1 6 SAA2516 Models with navigation system mia Music Box gt Menu 0 00 Music Library 3 Edit Music Information Z Music Box Setings O e E E SAA2725 Models without navigation system There are some options available by selecting the Menu key on the screen during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Now Playing models with navigation sys tem Displays a track list to choose a preferred track for playback Music Library There are some options availa
109. lift gate does not stay open or if the lift gate unexpectedly closes at any time do not operate the lift gate There may be a pres sure loss in one or both of the lift gate gas stays Have the lift gate inspected by a NISSAN dealer e Do not activate the power lift gate if one or both of the lift gate gas stays are removed Damage to the lift gate or power lift gate mechanisms may occur AUTO CLOSURE If the lift gate is pulled down to a partly open position the lift gate will pull itself to the closed position Do not apply excessive force when the auto closure is operating Excessive force applied may cause the mechanism to malfunction CAUTION e The lift gate will automatically close from a partly open position To avoid pinching keep hands and fingers away from lift gate opening e Do not let children operate the lift gate Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 SPA1915 LIFT GATE RELEASE If the lift gate cannot be opened due to a discharged battery follow these steps 1 Remove the cover inside of the lift gate with a suitable tool 2 Move the lever toward the direction A as illustrated to open the lift gate Have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments FUEL FILLER DOOR SPA2441 OPENING FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door push the opener switch located below the instrument panel To lock close the fuel filler door securely
110. maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indi cator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replace ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or Starting and driving 5 3 alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure for example a flat
111. mands Speak Connect Phone The system ac knowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands Telephone Menu 0 00 E Connect Phone 4j flf Add Phone lf Replace Phone ff Select Phone Hf Bluetooth On Off tif Delete Phone ff Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2576 3 Speak Add Phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate connecting from the phone handset INFO The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Telephone Menu 0 00 B j Please look for the Bluetooth device My Car The PIN is 1234 SAA2577 4 When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth cellular phone enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones paired The connecting procedure of a cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for more information Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 Telephone Menu 0 00 gt Booo Cs Ca m Go Back SAA2578 5 The system asks the user to speak a name for the phone Speak Yes The system acknowledges the command and registers the cellular phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells the user then prompts the user for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much l
112. mix with other fluids e Using transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 will damage the CVT which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty When checking or replacement is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing POWER STEERING FLUID SDI2177 Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked using the HOT range HOT MAX HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range 2 COLD MAX COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening CAUTION Do not overfill Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 BRAKE FLUID For additional brake fluid information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and con sumer information section of this manual WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake system The use of improper fluids can damage the brake system and affect the vehicle s stopping ability e Clean the filler cap before removing e Brake fluid is poisonous and should be stored carefully in marked con tainers out of the reach of children CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces
113. more than 10 digits to be spoken Navigation Commands po Command tio Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point Delete Destination Deletes a destination 4 122 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Commands Command etic O Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Displays maintenance information Where am I Displays your current location Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Weather Information Displays weather information Weather Map Displays a weather map Audio Commands Turns on the Music Box hard drive audio system Starts to play a CD Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 123 Help Commands Command List Displays the navigation command list Displays the phone command list Displays the audio command list Information Commands Displays the information command list Help Commands Displays the help command list User Guide Displays th
114. objects 4 24 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1978 Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on the hill is viewed in the monitor closer than it appears the hill is viewed in the monitor further than it appears SAA1979 Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown further than the actual distance For example the display shows 3 ft 1 m to the place A but the actual 3 ft 1 m distance on the hill is the place B Note that any object on Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 SAA1923 Backing up near a projecting object The predicted course lines A do not touch the object in the display However the vehicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course SAA1980 Backing up behind a projecting object The position is shown further than the position in the display However the position C is actually at the same distance as the position A The vehicle may hit the object when backing up to the positi
115. of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the headrest when the child restraint is removed See ADJUSTABLE HEADREST earlier in this section for headrest adjustment infor mation If the seating position does not have an adjustable headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0647 Forward facing step 4 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 through 6 FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS SSS0638 Forward facing step 6 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to si
116. once e HAZARD 3 times Push for more than 2 sec L HAZARD INDICATOR MODE _ Push te for more than 2 sec BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and e All doors are closed and e The selector lever is in the P Park position WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the dot matrix liquid crystal display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE later in this section and DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYS TAL DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Action to take The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds con tinuously When shifting the selector lever E l The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi ap The inside warning chime sounds continuously a to the P Park position position tion The ignition switch is in the ACC Push the ignition s
117. only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After turning the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 1 43 WARNING e The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower se verity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents 5AN D ORES Cat e The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag X N status light is lit or if the front Sit upright and well back a passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section e The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit Sit upright and well back SSS0132 1 44 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system back against the seatback and
118. or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement 4 96 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems How to speak commands The Voice Recognition System requires a certain way to speak voice commands Speak normally and clearly in the direction of the microphone located in front of the rearview mirror Every digit of the number must be spoken individually and in a normal manner The hands free mode will work best when the telephone number is spoken in blocks of three to five digits After each spoken block is termi nated the system will repeat the three to five digits and wait for you to speak the next digit or block of digits required for the telephone number See List of voice commands later in this section for the appropriate commands that can be spoken for the hands free mode system Example In order to initiate a call speak Phonebook INFO e lf you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak Help The system announces the available commands e When you speak numbers you can speak both zero or oh for O Personal vocabulary voicetags Voice Recognition System is equipped with the function called voicetags which can be associated with the phone number and name in the phonebook Using the voic
119. or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Instruments and controls 2 13 CAUTION e The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly e If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to correctly install the specified size of tires to the four wheels Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display e No key warning e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning e Parking brake release warning e Door lift gate open warning e Loose fuel cap warning e Check tire pressure warning 2 14 Instruments and controls See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DIS PLAY later in this section Seat belt warning light The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For approximately 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the
120. position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing only does not operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Close the door 3 Open the window completely by operating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN de
121. range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door SPA2252A SPA2436 Type B Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 O LOCK button A 2 UNLOCK button p 3 Power lift gate button gaf if so equipped 4 PANIC button p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift gate the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirma tion For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position Make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 Close all the doors and lift gate 2 Push the LOCK button All the doors and the lift gate will lock oe The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors will lock while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock while any door is open 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments Unlocking doors Push the UNLOCK gg button once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door will unlock 3 Push the UNLOCK button again within 1 minute 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors and the lift gate will unlock All doors will be locked automatically unless one of th
122. see position the compass display will indicate The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level Malfunction Indicator Light MIL the direction of the vehicle s heading N ANGAANKE later in this section N North The gauge may move slightly during braking we T turning acceleration or going up or down hills NW Northwest NE Northeast The gauge needle returns to E Empty after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position W West E East Refill the fuel tank before the gauge SW Southwest SE Southeast registers E Empty S South The low fuel warning ff appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches Instruments and controls 2 7 If the display reads C calibrate the compass by driving the vehicle in 3 complete circles at less than 5 MPH 8 km h You can also calibrate the compass by driving your vehicle on your everyday route The compass will be calibrated once it has tracked 3 complete circles To turn on and off the compass manually push the switch A while the ignition switch is in the ON position 2 8 Instruments and controls Z i ZOER N CT FA A a SS 15 R lt Nowe 13 EA oN TAS DZA 7 USS 4 TOA AJAN m A T A SIC0611B Zone map ZONE VARIATION CHANGE PROCE DURE The difference between magnetic north
123. slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 Instruments and controls 2 61 MEMO 2 62 Instruments and controls 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments ee E A Er ere ene Te ee 3 2 NISSAN
124. system Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may in dicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add mate rial or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pretensioner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no da mage and continue to operate prop erly Seat belt assemblies not in use during
125. test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 1 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system through 6 After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restraint using the LATCH system 1 Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions SSS0645 Forward facing web mounted step 2 Secure the child restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See Installing top tether strap in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor SSS0646 Forward facing rigid mounted step 3 The back
126. the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually control the intake air push the intake air control button lt To return to the automatic control mode push the intake air control button lt gt for about 2 seconds The indicator lights will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to Air flows from center and side ventila tors x Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets f Air flows mainly from foot outlets x Air flows from defroster and foot out lets Upper vent system When the ZF upper vent button is pushed the air flow against the driver s or passenger s upper body becomes gentle The indicator light on the button will come on In this mode air from the center ventilators flows both straight and upward in order to control the cabin temperature without blowing air directly on the occupants If you want strong air flow against your upper body push the Z button to turn the indicator light off Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 TO TURN THE SYSTEM ON OFF Push the OFF or ON OFF button when the heater and air conditioner is off The system will turn on with the settings that were used immediately before the system was turned
127. the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock unlock the doors including the lift gate SPA2407 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the In telligent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 e Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door e The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See VEHI CLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Center display heater air condi tioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section SPA2408 SPA2779 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag SPA2780 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments When you ca
128. the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled To turn off the warning perform the following steps 1 Remove and install the fuel filler cap as soon as possible See FUEL FILLER CAP ear lier in this section 2 Tighten the fuel filler cap until it clicks 3 Push the reset switch A on the right side of the combination meter for about 1 second to turn off the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning after tightening the fuel cap 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrest rained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts SPA2443 MANUAL OPERATION Tilt or telescopic operation Pull the lock lever 4 down and adjust the steering wheel forward or rearward to the desired position Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place Pull the
129. the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box SDI1754 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse 8 Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If anew fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts PASSENGER COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are turned off 2 Pull to remove the fuse box cover 1 SDI2196 Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer SDI2704 Example Extended storage switch if equipped If any electrical equipment does not operate remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse NOTE The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage Even if the extended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it Replace only the open fuse in the switch wi
130. the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK p button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK amp Hazard indicator and horn mode button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK button is re DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK oe neither the hazard indicator nor the Intelligent Key system EEE Te orn operates Using door handle or lift gate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once Remote keyless entry system K Sa HAZARD twice HAZARD once Using A or A button HORN once HORN none Hazard indicator mode Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD none Using door handle or lift gate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME none OUTSIDE CHIME none Remote keyless entry system HAZARD twice HAZARD none Using A or ia button HORN none HORN none 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments Switching procedure Push the LOCK f and UNLOCK a buttons simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch the mode from one to the other When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN
131. to the P Park position with the ignition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the selector lever to P gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON gt PUSH warning gt Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 8 Key battery discharge indicator This indicator appears when the key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 9 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake 10 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position Instruments and controls 2 19 11 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See WINDOW WASHER FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sect
132. transmission axles steering system and drivetrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a recreational vehicle RV see FLAT TOW ING in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual SCE0439 All Wheel Drive AWD models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN All Wheel Drive AWD models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated CAUTION Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the drivetrain In case of emergency 6 13 Neutral position e When towing a CVT model with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies Always release the parking brake SCE0438 Two Wheel Drive 2WD models Two Wheel Drive 2WD models or backward as this may cause NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be serious and expensive damage to towed with the driving front wheels off the the drivetrain If it is necessary to ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as tow the vehicle with the rear wheels illustrated raised always use towing dollies For All Wheel Drive AWD models see All under the front wheels Wheel Drive AWD models earlier in this e When towing CVT models with the section
133. tuning moves to the next station channel 1 to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for XM radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button to until the radio mutes 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels List AM and FM radio models with navigation system When the List key on the display is selected while the FM or AM radio is being played the preset station list will be displayed If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset Menu XM Satellite Radio models with navigation system When the Menu key on the display is selected while the XM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available e Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station
134. vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup ports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 106 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible t
135. vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet 3 Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE the factory RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT DIMENSIONS PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL SEAINO APART x sian 4 Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to a Era this pressure when the tires are cold oo e am Tires are considered COLD after the a A vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set ERRGREEGCHERFEREISEG by the manufacturer to provide the RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT best balance of tire wear vehicle SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE De SIEGES handling driveability tire noise etc The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Toids total des occupants et des marchandises ne doit jamaindepaaoer XX 1g cu XX bL_ u p to the veh icle S GVW R SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE anc TAILLE PRESSION DES PNEUS A FROID SEE OWNER S MANUAL i i tb TERT Y
136. voice recognition systems 4 45 RPT RDM 1 CD EJECT button 2 ON OFF VOLUME control knob 3 Radio station and CD selector buttons 4 Radio tuning MP3 WMA folder selector AUDIO control knob 5 CD LOAD button 6 AM FM band select button 7 Kd SEEK 10 11 12 TRACK gt SAA3473 DISC button AUX button DISP display change CLOCK button Radio CD SCAN tuning button CD RPT repeat RDM random play button REW rewind button for SEEK TRACK 4 46 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 13 FF fast forward button for SEEK TRACK 14 AUX in jack FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section Audio main operation Head unit The radio has an FM diversity reception system which employs two antennas printed on the rear window This system automatically switches to the antenna which is receiving less interference The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF VOLUME control knob while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF VOLUME control knob turns the system
137. while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelera tor pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Remain calm and do not overreact Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see CHANGING A FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the blood stream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judge
138. will be stored as the new preset e Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE SEEK CATEGORY or Menu Categories feature e Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing ona station while listening to XM e Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by XM Radio e Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a keypad Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected with the multi function controller on the display and then the ENTER button is pushed while the satellite radio is being played the text information listed below will be displayed on the screen Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 e CH Name e Category e Name e Title e Other Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing push
139. 1A Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 1 at both the front and back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving when it is jacked up WARNING Be sure to block the wheel as the vehicle may move and result in personal injury In case of emergency 6 3 Getting the spare tire and tools T 2 6 4 Open the lift gate Remove the cargo cover if so equipped See CARGO COVER in the 2 Instru ments and controls section Open the cargo floor board See CARGO FLOOR BOX in the 2 Instruments and controls section In case of emergency SCE0854 Type A Remove the cargo floor board Type B Turn the clips counterclockwise and remove the cargo floor box SCE0853 SCE0700 Jacking tools Spare tire 5 Type B 6 Remove the jacking tools and the spare tire Spare tire Turn the clamp to remove the tire Open the cargo floor board Jacking tools Remove the jack by turning it then remove the other tools In case of emergency 6 5 SCE0630 Removing wheel cover if so equipped WARNING Never use your hands to remove the wheel cover This may cause personal injury To remove the wheel cover use the jack rod 1 as illustrated Apply cloth 2 between the wheel and jack rod to prevent damaging the wheel and wheel cover 6 6 Incase of emergency Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire WARNING e Never g
140. 4 47 3 Select the desired station channel and keep pushing any of the desired station preset buttons to until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The channel indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Compact Disc CD changer operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the compact disc into the slot with the label side facing up The compact disc will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the compact disc will play If the system has been turned off while the compact disc was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the com pact disc CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading position by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display PLAY Wh
141. 5 reduce forces against the chest The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system See SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT later in this section for more details If the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the pretensioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS1016 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels 4 are located on the surface of the sun visors 1 56 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing f in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include Air bag Control Unit ACU crash zone sensor Satellite sensors occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain and rollover air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring When the i
142. 50 Precautions Audio operation 00eeeeee scene eee ees 4 33 Braking precautions ceciccccecevseseteedivedscs 5 25 Child TEStOiNtSacs2ctiectetesatassanceasdidadnes 1 26 Cruise control scc2iidacieseearassecexhedldadess 5 18 Driving SAICWY ccase thdcatedecceepeeecnesahdedeceat 5 7 MAMIEGNANCE ccecseraenccuecisccetieweeeseeenantads 8 5 On pavement and off road driving 5 6 Seat belt usage cece chdcdeadcersimegerceersenws 1 15 Supplemental restraint system 00 1 43 When starting and GriVinG i cceseneeeyers eee 5 2 Push starting veces css rees aoai EE E N 6 11 Push button ignition switch vss crvervevew esi 5 9 5 11 R RAGIO E E A 4 33 Car phone or CB adiOsccissccssontsaesdiaeens 4 82 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD Change scesero naenin AE 4 46 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc 1D OIA Sl ON EE E E NNT 4 51 Rain sensing auto wiper system 2 30 Rapid air pressure lOSS ceceeee eee eeeeeees 5 6 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M testi rresia sepi en n e e TA 9 26 Rear center seat Dell cciccrsiccesseostetececixece 1 21 Rear door lock Child safety rear door lock 3 7 Rear window and outside mirror defroster Rear window wiper and washer switch Rearview monitor Recorders Event data Registering your vehicle in another country Remote keyless entry system Reporting safety defects US only Roof Roof rack Child seat belts Reporting safety defects US only
143. 7 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Steering wheel Horn Driver supplemental air bag Power steering system Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches Wiper and washer switch Push button ignition switch 12 13 Center ventilator Center display Center color display Navigation system Heater air conditioner control or Center multi function control panel Navigation system Vehicle information and setting buttons Hazard warning flasher switch Front passenger supplemental air bag Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch Hood release handle Power lift gate main switch Power seatback switch Fuse box cover Parking brake Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever or switch Intelligent Key port Audio system Clock Heated seat switch Selector lever Front passenger air bag status light 29 30 31 32 33 kk Power outlet All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch Heater air conditioner control or Audio system Glove box if so equipped Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped Instruments and controls 2 3 METERS AND GAUGES after the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position This is not a malfunction 10 SSI0816 1 Instrument brightness control switch 7 Dot matrix liquid crystal display 2 Tachometer Trip c
144. ACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACE NOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your license termi nates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Soft ware and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote service uses a unique Identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identi fier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Grace note service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warran ties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that
145. AIR CLEANER SDI2180 Pull the tabs 4 and pull out the cover 2 The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Main tenance Guide When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth WARNING e Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it isn t there and the engine backfires you could be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades CAUTION
146. ALWAYS observe posted speed lim its and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems Pre teen children should be seated in the rear seat ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Man ual for important safety information ON PAVEMENT AND OFF ROAD DRIVING This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of gravity for off road use As with other vehicles with features of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or an accident Be sure to read On pavement and off road driving precautions Avoiding colli sion and rollover and Driving safety precautions in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this manual MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you
147. AND SET TINGS in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section Initialize entry exit function If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the entry exit function will not work though this function was set on before In such a case after connecting the battery or replacing with a new fuse open and close the driver s door more than two times after the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK position from the ON position The entry exit function will be activated Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 SPA2445 MEMORY STORAGE Two positions for the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors can be stored in the automatic drive positioner memory Follow these procedures to use the memory system 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position Push the ignition switch to the ON position 3 Adjust the driver s seat steering column and outside mirrors to the desired positions by manually operating each adjusting switch For additional information see SEATS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section and 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments TILT TELESCOPIC STEERING earlier in this section and OUTSIDE MIRRORS earlier in this section 4 Push the SET switch and within 5 seconds push the memory switch 1 or 2 The indicator light for the pushed memory swit
148. Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN If Transport Canada receives complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign However Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or NISSAN You may contact Transport Canada s De fect Investigations and Recalls Division toll free at 1 800 333 0510 You may also report safety defects online at https wwwapps tc gc ca Saf Sec Sur 7 PCDB BDPP Index aspx Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be obtained from Trans port Canada s Road Safety Information Centre at 1 800 333 0371 or online at www tc gc ca roadsafety English speak ers or www tc gc ca securiteroutiere French speakers 9 26 Technical and consumer information To notify NISSAN of any safety concerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1 800 387 0122 READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST A vehicle equipped with All Wheel Drive AWD should never be tested using a two wheel dynamometer such as the dynamometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equipment Make sure you inform test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may result in transmission damage or unexpected vehicle movement which could resu
149. Command List earlier in this section system talls 1o ntenprer ie commana COmecny 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE the phonebook PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system earlier in this section page 4 82 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag 4 130 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems MEMO Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 131 MEMO 4 132 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 00 ese 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide seceseeeeeees 5 2 Three way catalyst ssssssssresrrerersrrserererrne 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover eceeeeeee eee 5 5 On pavemen
150. DE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 5 Models with navigation system 4 42 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature lf there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Cannot play Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the var
151. DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the side or side DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression automati cally adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corre sponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode Select the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Select the PG or PL mode 4 58 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3557 USB MEMORY OPERATION if so equipped Audio main operation
152. Display Mode Choose the display mode from the following items e Normal e Wide e Cinema Volume Settings models with navigation system Choose the volume setting from the following items e Low e Medium e High Display models with navigation system Adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items SAA0451 CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING CD DVD e Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or 4 78 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems alcohol intended for industrial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory e Never touch the terminal portion of the USB memory e Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory e Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations e Do not expose the USB memory to direct sunlight e Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO
153. EMINDERS Low tire pressure warning light All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD IOJ Haben indicaiariiant models Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Seat belt warning light Low beam indicator light Es el O D Supplemental air bag warning light OFF Overdrive off indicator light Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Key warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped Es BRAKE OF is Bar C 1 cA AWD CRUISE The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped Sasso 8 2 4 amp 2 10 Instruments and controls All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light AWD models Continuously Variable Transmission CVT position indicator light Cruise indicator light Front passenger air bag status light AWD Lock If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Some indicators and warnings are also dis played on the dot matrix crystal display on the speedometer See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY later in this section ry Slip indicator light Turn signal hazard indi
154. English language characters with a USB device is recommended Do not connect a USB device if a connector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before con necting the USB device If the connector is exposed to fluids other than water evapora tive residue may cause a short between the connector pins Large video podcast files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod An iPod nano 1st generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd generation iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known c
155. HER HORN SWITCH e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while r driving SIC2574 SIC3586 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when To sound the horn push the pad area A of the you must stop or park under emergency condi steering wheel tions All turn signal lights will flash WARNING 4 amp WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so e If stopping for an emergency be could affect proper operation of the sure to move the vehicle well off the supplemental front air bag system road Tampering with the supplemental front e Do not use the hazard warning air bag system may result in serious flashers while moving on the high personal injury way unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Instruments and controls 2 37 HEATED STEERING WHEEL if so equipped SIC4401 The heated steering wheel system is designed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine starts The indicator light on the switch will illuminate If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below 68 F 20 C the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle of
156. HERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work see MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock secu
157. HINECTIO sa ancansisseenenenssvaxtnkeousaronustndteatens Air freSh ners ccceceeeeeeeeeeeueeeeeeeeeeueueueenengs FOOL MINAS a E Seat belts aah vere Se etemnaa nds niieadeeemauninancioumnanae Corrosi n DIOLS CIION sd enecckar sans yevainsanstwselnge ea eereaeie Most common factors contributing to vehicle CON OSION asore sesi naroa AAEE Na Environmental factors influence the rate of COFTOSION saasaaannnnnununnnnnannnnnnnnnn nann nn unnan nnn nnn nnna To protect your vehicle from corrosion CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm
158. HTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the 3 OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the multi function controller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen The display brightness can also be adjusted using the brightness UP button or bright ness DOWN button Push and hold the 6 43 OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle See the following for details Information Fuel Economy Weather Info SAA2478 Models with navigation system Fisiecorony SSS Maintenance U y O SAA1511 Models without navigation system 4 8 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel 2 Select an item from the INFO menu 3 After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for the following items e Where am I
159. IES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil and oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Printing October 2010 1 7 Publication No OM1E 0251U1 Printed in Japan TOOUM 1SX1D Z5o1 D
160. If the warning light remains on after the above operation have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle Starting and driving 5 23 checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible The powertrain may be damaged if you continue driving with the warn ing light blinking Never drive on dry hard surface roads in the LOCK mode as this will overload the powertrain and may cause a serious malfunction 5 24 Starting and driving PARKING PARKING ON HILLS WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be set and the transmission placed into P Park Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can SSD0488 go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents Firmly apply the parking brake 2 Move the selector lever to the P Park
161. Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo nents As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo nents when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelli gent Key is a precision device with a built in transmitter To avoid dama ging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is com pletely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures ex ceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set personal computer or cellular phone Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine T
162. Interior light control SWitChiv weunepereereeetos 2 55 Interior light replacement eeee eee 8 27 Interior lights cre ceeeeeedetoeeewuverersrerqeniieees 2 55 iPod player operation seccsescccevevenses 4 67 ISOFIX child T stralNtss covecs xectcctcevs tenicyende 1 28 J DUIS starting cece rt ete conercacmneneereccseenorcetes 6 9 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry system 006 3 15 ICY Sie meisaccccacsseenegaseae ebacenacseneseeiegeeesea 3 2 For Intelligent Key system 3 3 3 7 L Labels Air bag warning labels 0000 1 56 Air conditioner specification label 9 10 Emission control information label 9 10 Engine serial nUMber a icckcteeeeseeverceeeyecers 9 9 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 9 Tire and Loading information label 8 31 9 10 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 8 LATCH system see esc sds d ovecscceusebaeesbcsidse 1 28 License plate Installing front license plate 9 11 LUE gate erst nctesne tearm EEEE ENA 3 19 Light Air bag warning light asss 1 56 Bulb replacement naiscc 8 24 Cargo NOMS oesie ea 2 57 Fog light SWC isossa esi ererireresi ennai 2 36 Headlight switch sisese 2 33 Headlights bulb replacement 8 25 Indicator lights 2ersvrcetpegeiieveuteececeegseces 2 15 Interior light control switch 5 2 55 Interior lights 2icsecss asic gasses sonncden
163. Menu control switch models with navi AN gu Xe gation system or audio tuning switch SOURCE SOURCE models without navigation system While the display is showing a MAP navigation systems only STATUS or Audio screen tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources C5 J 4 tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting TA up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio A e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset station e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will seek up or down to the next station e Pushing the menu control switch models with navigation system will show the list of preset stations SAA1854 SAA1855 With navigation system Without navigation system 1 Source select switch 2 ENTER models with navigation system or tuning models without navigation system switch 3 Volume control switch 4 BACK switch Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 XM Satellite Radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will go to the next or previous category e Pushing the menu control switch models with navigation system will show the XM Menu iPod e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will
164. Models without navigation system HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus To select each key item highlight the preferred item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information See the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen i e push SETTING button gt choose Comfort menu item 2 Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen 3 UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the multi function controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options 4 Menu Items Counter Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu i e 3 7 5 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted i e Adjust head lamp on time after shut off VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS if so equipped HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio air conditioner system fuel Consumption and navigation sys tem push the STATUS button The following information will appear when the STATUS button is pushed repeatedly Audio and Air conditioner system Audio and fuel economy Audio and Navigation system HOW TO USE BRIG
165. NAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the pazor Z0 position and the ignition switch in the ACC or OFF position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime The chime will sound if the vehicle is driven at more than 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Seat belt warning chime The chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard
166. NGUAGE setting screen See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON earlier in this section elf the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Using system Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Voice Recognition System is initialized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the amp switch on the steering wheel is pushed before the initialization com pletes the system will not accept any command Before starting To get the best performance out of the Voice Recognition System observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Speak a voice command within 5 seconds after the beep sound If no voice command is given the system will ask you for a number If no further command is given the session ends Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words SAA1858 Giving voice command 1 Push and release the amp switch located on the steering wheel Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 Telephone Menu 0 00 5 Sdo E tl Call il Connect P
167. NS seca ceed one uconcidaccteneaesatencuecee 9 16 Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight GVW maximum Gross Axle Weight GAW 5 9 17 Towing load specification wis ececscescttinassrudeneeere se 9 19 MOVING Sale Veisinia 9 20 FTON eson toate 9 23 Uniform tire quality grading 2 0 seeeeeee eee ees 9 24 eadw wiecadacecsciviecceeatatcracdsstaiscadeenewanceesd 9 24 Traction AA A B and Cesc is dodsccivinsaseadereces dur 9 24 Temperature A B and C cccceeeceeenee eee ee eee es 9 24 Emission control system warranty eeeeeeeeee 9 25 Reporting safety defects US only 0000e 9 25 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test 9 26 Event Data Recorders EDR cccceeseeeeeeeeeees 9 27 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 28 In the event of a collision siccisesiusntnasntecentwecernet 9 28 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 21 5 8 gal 18 gal 82 See FUEL RECOMMENDATION later in this section Engine oil 1 Drain and refill whol iter cnanige eq 4 qt 4 6 e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 3 Without oil filter change 4 1 2
168. ON position modes of the trip computer can be selected by pushing the J switch Each time the J switch is pushed the display will change as follows Current and average fuel consumption gt Average fuel consumption and speed gt Elapsed time and trip odometer Distance to empty dte Outside air temperature ICY gt Setting Warning check Instruments and controls 2 21 SIC4700 Current and average fuel consumption MPG liter 100 km or km l The current and average fuel consumption mode shows the current and average fuel consump tion 2 22 Instruments and controls SIC3674 Average fuel consumption MPG 1 100 km or km l and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows kk 1 me 00 00 miles 000 0 SIC 4701 Elapsed time and trip odometer m
169. OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS TER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and con trols section 10 u 2n je upper vent system button 11 DUAL zone control ON OFF button oN SoS ON gt Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 SAA2834 Type B _ AUTO automatic air conditioner ON button Temperature control dial driver side 2 A C air conditioner ON OFF button 3 lt gt intake air control button 4 g fan speed control dial ON OFF button 5 ZF upper vent system button 6 DUAL zone control ON OFF button Temperature control dial passenger side 7 amp front defroster button 8 rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROS TER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and con trols section 9 MODE manual air flow control button AUTOMATIC OPERATION Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on The indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed 2 Operate the driver side temperature control buttons type A or dial type B to set the desired temperature 4 30 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voic
170. P PKK x RX REORUA Tire size see TIRE LABELING OIR LE MANUEL r eae later in this section SPARE POUR PLUS DE DERECHANGE MAX XX R XX XXX kPa XX PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS Spare tire size or compact spare tire SDI2197 size if so equipped Tire and Loading Information label Vehicle load limit See VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section 1 Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label INFLATION 5 Add air to the tire as needed If too PRESSURE much air is added press the core of the P235 65R18 230 kPa valve stem briefly with the tip of the FRONT gauge stem to release pressure Re ORIGINAL P235 55R20 230 kPa check the pressure and add or release TIRE air aS needed P235 65R18 230 kPa 6 Install the valve stem cap RCNA 104T 33 PSI 7 Check the pressure of all other tires TIRE P235 55R20 230 kPa including the spare 102T 33 PSI _ 230 kPa Original tire Checking the tire pressure laste oor 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the T165 90D18 420 kPa Hre 107M 60 PSI 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the
171. R GASOLINE ENGINES 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna STI0505 tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important to select the engine oil viscosity based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecti
172. Regulatory information c lt cct2cccceuceindssneaccteneaeee 4 83 Voice cComMmmandS sssssssssrsrrrrrrrrrrrrrrsrseresens 4 84 Soire Ee Tinio ni PERE ee E eee ee een ere 4 84 Connecting procedure sssssssesssrrsrsssssresreee 4 85 Phone selection sssssssrssrrersrssrsesererrrrrrrre 4 85 Vehicle phonebook x ceri ceccunaceeenskessedsttentotasues 4 85 WAKING 2 Callatis 4 88 Receiving a call ssssssssrsrrrrssssrsesersrrrrrrrre 4 89 DURNO et alll a oceesearen 4 90 Phone SOU NG ie tadeetcuesanucasteer eaueaieeeseesersauecee 4 90 Troubleshooting guide vnicdesese enue audeacnse ete ccen ee 4 92 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models without navigation system if so equipped 4 93 Reg latory informatioN isss minirana 4 94 CONIC DUTONS soarprierprcdssnake reei 4 94 Voice Recognition System 4 94 Pairing procedures nrsinsrrennn inniinn nianna 4 99 Phonebook registration 2 eseeeeeee eee ees 4 100 Making a CA nptita kes innne sanne Aea 4 100 Receiving a Call inretcsvsccnetensacteamssueeceticoee senses 4 101 PUTING a Call ssnin rinan 4 101 Phone Seling Sessea Eana 4 102 Voice adaptation MOdEC ccceeeeeeeeeee eens 4 105 NISSAN Voice Recognition System models with navigation system ccseeeeeeeee ees 4 106 NISSAN voice recognition Standard Mode 4 106 Using the System 2oscccct cxdeetunccceesotnncqniedessoees 4 109 NISSAN voice recognition Alternate Command MO an
173. S in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section SIC3654 Front CONSOLE BOX When the lever A driver s seat side is pulled the upper case is available for storing some small items When the lever front passen ger s seat side is pulled the bottom case is available for storing some larger ones Instruments and controls 2 45 2 46 Rear To open push the knob 4 and pull out STORAGE BOX if so equipped Instruments and controls SIC3591 SIC3593 To open push the storage box lid as illustrated The inner tray can be removed as illustrated Do not place valuable items in the storage box Do not use the storage box as an ashtray CARGO FLOOR BOX Type A 1 To open the cargo floor box pull the strap 2 Remove the strap from the back side of the board and hang it on the opening of the lift gate Type B To open the cargo floor box push A To close push the lid until the lock latches The net partitions can be removed to make a larger storage space The cargo floor box needs to be removed when you need a spare tire See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section CAUTION To avoid damage do not load more than 22 Ibs 10 kg of cargo into the cargo floor box SIC3594 LUGGAGE SIDE BOX To open the luggage side box pull up the strap JN SIC3595 CARGO COVER if so equipped The cargo cover keeps the contents in
174. SAN Advanced Air Bag System CTCL SCGUS anaes leased A dssat eset ed ee nce 1 49 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems 1 53 Seat belts with pretensioners front seats 1 55 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 56 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 56 Repair and replacement procedure 064 1 57 SEATS Sit upright and well back WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit SSS0133 well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system e The seatback should not be reclined any
175. Tyoe Size Pressure PSI yP kPa Cold P235 65R18 104T Conventional 33 230 P235 55R20 102T T165 90D18 Technical and consumer information 9 7 DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in mm Overall width in mm Overall height with out roof rack rail in mm Overall height with roof rack rail in mm Front tread in mm Rear tread in mm Wheelbase in mm Gross vehicle weight rating Y Ib kg Gross axle weight rating Front lb kg Rear Ib kg 189 9 4 822 74 1 1 883 67 0 1 703 68 0 1 728 63 4 1 610 63 4 1 610 111 2 2 825 See the F M V S S certification label on the driver s side lock pillar 9 8 Technical and consumer information WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY When planning to travel in another coun try you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with an octane rating that is too low may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore v
176. W truck TOWING revieneuwtcats Csocivecn ee ends 6 12 Towing a trailer 9 15 Towing Safety usss ex be teeszaneeGseuwerweweceds 9 20 TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system 5 3 TPMS Tire pressure warning system 6 2 Trailer TOWING wee c es nserccseser el coivetecserecased 9 15 Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver cxicdczctcesanteaeiieeunteiceccetaacsses 2 57 Transmission Continuously Variable Transmission CVT HMC cevistesceestapeetatmerbneseerdepeawcueded 8 11 Driving with CVT Continuously Variable Transmission 5 14 Transmission selector lever lock release 5 17 Transmitter See remote keyless entry SS ON aide tee eee ece E T sacs 3 15 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COU iat ccoresctnts ca ceecnaianepeecnghi te eceten at aes 9 8 Trip COMPU ccctecedcadecetecerocccastdecsesexeees 2 21 Trip odometer so 2 cccccwsnieatuebetendeniapawentees 2 23 Turn signal switch ceterctaccereresconsencaneebates 2 36 U Underbody cleaning lt zdececueseaceesierceeeeeeverins 7 3 Uniform tire quality grading eeeeeeees 9 24 USB memory operation 0c cee renren 4 58 V Vanity MIMO eerrciorcsrne nere eean ei Ek EA 3 31 Vanity mirror lights v2 2 esuscedeeeeteweeseebeenceces 2 57 Variable voltage control system s s s 8 15 Vehicle Dimensions and weights 0sseeees 9 8 Identification number VIN 9 8 Loading information s essee 9 12 Recovery fre
177. Window washer fluid P 8 1 2 7 Rear combination light 3 Rear window defroster P 2 32 Bulb replacement P 8 27 0 4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ee he Cargo cover P 2 47 Rear personal light P 2 55 Coat hooks P 2 50 Automatic drive positioner switch P 3 31 N D SS10815 Door armrest Power window switch P 2 50 Power door lock switch P 3 6 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 30 Sun visors P 3 27 Moonroof P 2 53 Front map lights P 2 55 Mood light P 2 56 Sunglasses holder P 2 44 Inside rearview mirror P 3 28 HomeLink universal transceiver P 2 57 Compass P 2 7 Cargo area Storages P 2 47 Luggage hooks P 2 48 Cargo light P 2 57 Spare tire P 6 4 Rear cup holders P 2 43 Heated seat switch rear P 2 38 Console box P 2 45 Power outlet P 2 41 Auxiliary input jacks P 4 77 iPod connector P 4 67 USB connector P 4 58 Front cup holders P 2 43 Storage box P 2 46 or Cigarette lighter Ash tray P 2 42 if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 5 INSTRUMENT PANEL 17 18 1920 212223 Heated steering wheel switch P 2 38 Side ventilator P 4 27 Power lift gate switch P 3 19 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 33 5 Fuel filler door opener switch P 3 24 eh 0 6 Illustrated table of con
178. a 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as in dicated on the Tire and Loading Information label With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the rear wheels and original tire used on the front wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the front original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time Do not tow a trailer while the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is installed CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire is smaller than the Original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught Maintenance and do it yourself 8 39 MEMO 8 40 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants
179. a is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be displayed on the screen e lf the file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed e When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shortened 8 character version The image will still be displayed when selected REARVIEW MONITOR if so equipped When the selector lever is shifted into the R Reverse position the monitor display shows the view to the rear of the vehicle The system is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle The system will not detect small objects below the bumper and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground WARNING e The rear view camera is a conve nience but it is not a substitute for proper backing up Always turn and check that it is safe to do so before backing up Always back up slowly e Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide angle lens is used Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite than when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors e Make sure that the lift gate is securely closed when backing up e Underneath the bumper and the corner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor Center display heater air conditioner audi
180. a power source for the cigarette light er element only The use of the cigarette lighter socket as a power source for any other accessory is not recommended Do not use any other power outlet for an accessory lighter STORAGE CUP HOLDERS CAUTION Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident SIC3118 Front To open the cup holder push the lid To remove the inner tray for cleaning pull it up as illustrated 2 Instruments and controls 2 43 direct sunlight The heat may da mage the glasses SIC3042 SIC3589 Rear Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal SUNGLASSES HOLDER WARNING Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to prevent an accident To open the sunglasses holder push A CAUTION e Do not use for anything other than glasses e Do not leave glasses in the sun glasses holder while parking in 2 44 Instruments and controls SIC3590 GLOVE BOX WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle 4 To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock 2 unlock 3 the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see KEY
181. a booster seat with the seat belts Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the CHILD SAFETY earlier in this section CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section and BOOSTER SEATS earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the rear seat or in the front passenger seat 1 41 1 SSS0640 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat move the seat to the rear most position Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a forward facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions LRS0454 Front passenger position The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the booster seat is removed See HEAD RE STRAINTS earlier in this section or AD JUSTABLE HEADREST earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment removal and installation informa tion If the seating position does not have an 1 42 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit try another seating position or a different booster seat
182. acks Shuffle Group Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks gt Repeat Group Normal Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the multi function controller La Play Select the key to start playing when pausing Select this key again to pause the audio play il Pause Select the u key to pause the Bluetooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose the preferred play mode from the following items e Shuffle Choose Shuffle OFF Shuffle All Tracks and Shuffle Group e Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks and Repeat Group 4 66 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth SAA2511 Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Con necting procedure earlier in this section Up to 5 devices can be registered Connected Devices Regist
183. action with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Monitor heater air conditioner audio phone and Starting and driving
184. aler MOONROOF if so equipped WARNING In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle through an open moonroof Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the moonroof opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the moonroof is closing CAUTION Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the moonroof before opening Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding area Do not push or pull on the sun shade Doing so can damage the sunshade AUTOMATIC MOONROOF AND SUN SHADES The moonroof and sunshades only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position The automatic moonroof and sunshades are operational for about 45 seconds even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the drivers door or the passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the moonroof and sunshades is canceled SIC3598 Sliding sunshade and moonroof When the OPEN side 4 of the moonroof switch is pushed the front and rear sunshades will fully open When the switch is pushed again the moonroof will fully open When the CLOSE side 2 of the moonroof switch is pushed the moonroof will automati cally close Push the switch again and the front and rear sunshades will close When the OPEN or CLOSE side of the moon roof switch is pushed to the second detent or 4 both
185. als for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer SIC3668 HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Q Turn the switch to the pa position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on 2 Turn the switch to the 4O position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Instruments and controls 2 33 SIC3669 Autolight system if so equipped The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position 4 2 Push the ignition switch to the ON position 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF az or 4D position 2 34 Instruments and controls The autolight system can turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors Is op
186. and geographical north is known as variance In some areas this difference can sometimes be great enough to cause false compass readings Follow these instructions to set the variance for your particular location if this happens 1 Push the N switch for more than 3 seconds The current zone number will appear in the display 2 Find your current location and variance number on the zone map NOTE Use zone number 5 for Hawaii 3 Push the switch repeatedly until the new zone number appears in the display then release the switch After you release the switch the display will show a compass direction within a few seconds e Ifthe compass deviates from the correct indication soon after repeated adjust ment have the compass checked at a NISSAN dealer e The compass may not indicate the correct compass point in tunnels or while driving up or down a steep hill The compass returns to the correct com pass point when the vehicle moves to an area where the geomagnetism is stabilized CAUTION Do not install a ski rack antenna etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass When cleaning the mirror use a paper towel or similar material dampened with glass cleaner Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the mirror as it may cause the liquid cleaner to enter the mirror housing Instruments and controls 2 9 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE R
187. and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH MODE E SIC3584 SIC3667 To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the switch 4 on The indicator light 2 will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes CAUTION When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS if so equipped WARNING AX HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightness will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn off the headlights for short interv
188. and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system J 1 he f f N AAAA SSS0848 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND ROOF MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IM PACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLEMEN TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain and rollover air bags are located in the side roof rails These systems are designed to meet voluntary guidelines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity 1 53 side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions Curtain and rollover air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of rollover collisions or near rollovers Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag operation When the
189. and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available See OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 Ho ZE ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS done by a NISSAN dealer LEY Fuse fusible link holder 6 VQ35DE ENGINE 1 Window washer fluid reservoir 7 8 Power steering fluid reservoir Drive belt location Engine coolant reservoir 9 2 Radiator filler cap 10 Engine oil dipstick 11 Battery Engine oil filler cap 3 Brake fluid reservoir 4 5 Air cleaner 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue to provide year round anti freeze and coolant protection The anti freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors Additional engine cooling system additives ar
190. ann n E E E A E 4 119 Using the System srisricrrersssasrisnsiiirrenrnnssaa 4 125 Troubleshooting guide ssssessssrrsrsessrsssess 4 130 CENTER MULTI FUNCTION SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL models with color display screen WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the pelts navigatlarn system system immediately and contact 1 STATUS status display button P 4 7 your nearest NISSAN dealer Ignor ec r system control buttons Refer to the ing such conditions may lead to separate Navigation System Owner s Manual accidents fire or electric shock 3 Multi function controller P 4 4 e Park the vehicle in a safe location 4 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Phone Sys and apply the parking brake to view tem button P 4 82 the images on the front center dis 5 3e OFF brightness control and display ON OFF button P 4 7 10 INFO vehicle and navigation information button P 4 7 11 SETTING button P 4 12 play screen using devices connected to the auxiliary input jacks Do not attempt to operate th
191. argo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 lbs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer Technical and consumer information 9 13 load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Information label 9 14 Technical and consumer information SIC3596 SECURING THE LOAD There are tie down hooks located in the cargo area as shown The tie down hooks can be used to secure cargo with ropes or other types of straps Do not apply a total load of more than 22 Ib 98 N to a single hook A or 7 Ib 31 N to a single hook when securing cargo WARNING e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to
192. as senger NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in the rear seat Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat If you must install a forward facing child restraint in the front seat see FORWARD FACING CHILD RE STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS later in this section Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child A rear facing child re straint must only be used in the rear seat Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle Some child re straints may not fit properly in your vehicle Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand loads from child restraints that are properly fitted Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or harnesses A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat Keep seatbacks as upright as possible after fitting the child restraint Infants and children should al ways be placed in an appropri ate child restraint while in the vehicle e When the child restraint is not in use keep it secured with the LATCH system or a seat belt In a sudden stop or collision loose objects can injure occupants or damage the vehicle CAUTION A child restraint in a cl
193. as far away as practical from the steer ing wheel or instrument panel Al ways use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classifi cation sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could in crease the risk that they are injured if the front air bag inflates SSS0007 SSS0006 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 45 SSS0008 SSS0009 1 46 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0099 SSS0100 WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations Children may be sev
194. astaseescastsuseesnscaiceceneasteeyes 7 2 Weights See dimensions and weights 9 8 Wheel tire 1266 siuseneditcasecesceeseeesestalisedzess 9 7 Wheels and TiGSucc cc ticeedetcsccckesaekaedidecess 8 30 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 3 Window Washer fluid nasasa 8 12 Window s Clea aves robot rate a ea 7 3 Power WINKOW So vessergedvurniveeteoreeeiciees 2 50 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Wiper Rain sensing auto wiper system 2 30 Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 31 Rear window wiper blade 0 8 19 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Wiper blades cc 4 fe tecGencrepsereeeeticedereer 8 17 X Xenon headlights 22s veesewer peer sekeredeecoieion 2 33 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 91 CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited war ranty For additional information see CAPACIT
195. aterial over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury For exam ple do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim ma terial such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any ob jects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury e Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or disconnected Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow
196. ation manager if the gasoline meets the WWFC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend other than methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alcohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damag
197. aust system You have had an accident invol ving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle e If electrical wiring or other cable connections must pass to a trailer through the seal on the lift gate or the body follow the manufacturer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless car bon monoxide Carbon monoxide is 5 2 Starting and driving WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system com ponents Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Depos its from leaded gasoline will ser iously reduce the three way catalyst s ability to help reduce ex haust pollutants Keep your engine tuned up Mal functions in the ignition fuel injec tion or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine mis fires or if noticeable loss of perfor mance or other unusual operating conditions
198. avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels 5 30 Starting and driving ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used when the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater 1 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical sys tem or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy du
199. away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tight en the fuel filler cap properly may cause the malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate If the gt light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The lt 5 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal er For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning will appear if the fuel filler cap is not properly tightened Failure to tight en the fuel filler cap properly after the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning ap pears may cause the Malfunc tion Indicator Light MIL to illuminate SPA2442 To remove the fuel filler cap 1 Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise to remove 2 Put the fuel filler cap on the cap holder A while refueling To install the fuel filler cap 1 Insert the fuel filler cap straight into the fuel filler tube 2 Turn the fuel filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 SPA2833 LOOSE FUEL CAP warning The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when
200. ay heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems instead of Enter Number by Keypad in step 3 Copy from Call History i i i i i i BACK The system will show a list of incoming Phone Vehicle Phonebook EKO i Yil sack Settings Vehicle Phonebook QO i Yl outgoing or missed calls that were down ao o loaded from the connected cellular phone depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the Boxxx Darig vehicle phonebook LO N Number 111 111 1111 a a Copy from the Handset The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the SAA2620 vehicle phonebook Editing the Vehicle Phonebook The following editing items are available 1 Push the PHONE button and select the Entry Vehicle Phonebook key SAA2523 Changes the displayed number of the 2 Select the desired entry from the displayed selected entry list e Name Select the Edit key Edit the name of the entry using the keypad Select the desired item to change displayed on the screen e Number Edit the phone number using the keypad displayed on the screen e Type Select an icon from the icon list Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voicetags allow easy d
201. ble during play back Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary e Artists Play tracks by an artist whose music is currently being played The artists are sorted in alphabetical order e Albums Play tracks in each album The albums are sorted in alphabetical order e All Songs Play tracks from all recorded tracks The tracks are sorted in alphabetical order e Genres Play tracks by a selected genre My Playlists models with navigation sys tem Displays the Playlist and edits the Playlist if necessary Select the Edit key The following items are available e Add Current Songs Add a current track to the Playlist e Add Songs by Album Displays a list of albums in alphabetical order Selecting an album displays all of the tracks in the album Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist e Add Songs by Artist Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks by the artist Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist e Edit Songs Order Reorder the tracks in the Playlist by select ing a track and specifying the order e Edit Name Edit the name of the Playlist using the keypad displayed on the screen See Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 HOW TO USE MULTI FUNCTION CON TROLLER earlier in this section Delete Songs Delete trac
202. cator lights Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped WARNING LIGHTS All Wheel Drive AWD warning light AWD models The light comes on when the ignition switch is pushed to ON It turns off soon after the engine is started If the AWD system malfunctions or the diameter of the front and the rear wheels are different the warning light will either remain illuminated or blink See ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section CAUTION e If the warning light comes on while driving there may be a malfunction in the AWD system Reduce the vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the AWD warning light blinks when you are driving blinks rapidly about twice a second Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine The driving mode will change to 2WD to prevent the AWD system from malfunctioning If the warning light turns off you can drive again blinks slowly about once every 2 seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn e If the warning light is still on after the above operations have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible ABS or OQ Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti l
203. ceesentestees 2 33 T m signal SWINGIN sasectin actus cee cttenacersieenctausdees 2 36 Fog light switch if so equipped 0c0seeee 2 36 Hazard warning flasher SWWCNiveisiweeosvscoeseadeneearcee 2 37 N a aE EEE OENE ETONE 2 37 Heated steering wheel if so equipped 68 2 38 Heated seats if so EQUIPPEC cccceceeeeeeeeeees 2 38 Eloo PERA E E E E E E abeanant 2 40 Models with color display ceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 40 Models without color display sseccccccc c 2 40 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 41 Power outlet ssiiiiissrsiiinirerresssiii iesiri aa 2 41 Cigarette lighter and ashtray if so equipped 2 42 MOAIJE as iceesctoasadeddesntaheoes sanassncssieartiaameresansssed 2 43 Cup ie lel eee met ee eee eee conn ee nee 2 43 Sunglasses HOlIED spaciccrssewsssanaancrnnatdvsstnndeany 2 44 GOV DOG PPP E E T T 2 45 Console DOK soreevenccagersursanrviiiseeatesaepesuers vers 2 45 Storage box if so equipped cceeeeee ee ee ees 2 46 Cargo floor bOX sec cea cincetccesacrecececasnocemeareetse 2 47 L ggage Side ole eee ten eter te ere 2 47 Cargo cover if SO equipped cceeeeeeee ee ees 2 47 Luggage NIOOKS axa cngaccescaveeecectneces tea ceeaceyse es 2 48 Roof rack if so EQUIPPEd ceceeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 49 Coat 91016 lt r eee een ne ee ee 2 50 WVINGOWS csctotcbasetonaveesidtaecstenmadasesenduaiiemeteamae 2 50 Power WINdOWS aac at ase ocae
204. ch will stay on for approximately 5 seconds after pushing the switch If memory is stored in the same memory switch the previous memory will be deleted Linking Intelligent Key to a stored mem ory position The Intelligent Key can be linked to a stored memory position with the following procedure 1 Follow one of the steps for storing a memory position e While the indicator light for the memory switch being set is illuminated for 5 sec onds push the gg button on the Intelligent Key e Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and then push the SET switch Push the button while pushing the memory button while the indicator light stays on for approximately 5 seconds If the indicator light blinks the Intelligent Key is linked to that memory setting Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and then push the gg button on the Intelligent Key The drivers seat steering wheel and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position Confirming memory storage e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the SET switch If the main memory has not been stored the indicator light will come on for approximately 0 5 second When the memory has stored in position the indicator light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds e Ifthe battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the memory will be canceled In this case reset the desired position using the previous procedure e f optional key
205. civeds 2 33 Headrest Adjustable headrest 4 1 12 Heated SCals ccasiceSenterdeeereuscdecesepasteedans 2 38 Heated steering wheel ssssssssesreierrreren 2 38 Heater Engine block heater crctctccccteckvecadecendens 5 30 Heater and air conditioner operation 4 28 HomeLink Universal Transceiver 2 57 Hood release uccetaiidedcent ies cusseartedidedenee 3 19 Hook Coat NOOKS veocessacdeueniatsspenteacestauueses 2 50 L ggage WOOK 2s0yecensieeveseeecesecaweees 2 48 HOr e ree a a A 2 37 l Ignition switch Push button 000eee eee 5 9 Immobilizer sySteM 00 cece eee eee eee eee 2 27 In cabin microfilter es cece etcrcereteehscueteencess 4 32 Indicator Dot matrix display esenee 2 17 LigMiS sascstonnsectemesiubranauceseececanenawyess 2 15 INFO DUG suinn ste eteun nace tonendeneaenscenanawee bn 4 7 Inside MIOT isvecetatcasnetsranenerenactaceestaweexs 3 28 Inspection maintenance I M test 66 9 26 Instrument brightness control 555 2 36 Instrument panel aiccercerveerereredeeienseercee vies 2 2 Intelligent Key system ee ee eee 3 3 3 7 Battery replacement eeeeeee eee 8 22 Key operating range 0eeeee eee ee eens 3 9 Key operation ccc ckenpicveteetnseeetes rececctes 3 10 Warning liGilescsuvecersedatekteeruaeeeveecvans 2 12 Warning signals 3 13 Intelligent Key warning light sescca 2 12
206. ck If the headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the headrest when the child restraint is removed See ADJUSTABLE HEADREST earlier in this section for headrest adjustment re moval and installation information Position the top tether strap over the top of Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 39 the seatback stalled in a seating position that has 2 Secure the top tether strap to the tether a lap shoulder belt anchor point on the back of the seatback behind the child restraint 3 Refer to the appropriate child restraint installation procedure steps in this section before tightening the tether strap If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap consult your NISSAN dealer for details BOOSTER SEATS Precautions on booster seats WARNING If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child s arm A booster seat must only be in 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0455 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep
207. cle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 the U S and other countries Compatibility The following models are available Models with navigation system e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later e iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later e Second generation iPod touch version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later e Third generation iPod nano version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later Models without navigation system e Fifth generation iPod firmware version 1 3 e First generation iPod Classic firmware version 1 1 2 PC e Second generation iPod Classic firmware version 2 0 PC e First generation iPod touch firmware ver sion 2 1 e Second generation iPod touch firmware version 2 1 1 e First generation iPod nano firmware ver sion 1 3 1 e Second generation iPod nano firmware version 1 1 3 e Third generation iPod nano firmware ver sion 1 1 PC e Third generation iPhone firmware version 2 1 Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly t
208. clock in the audio unit displays the time when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Adjusting the time 1 Push and hold the CLOCK button 4 for more than 2 seconds until the display shows Hour Adjust 2 Turn the AUDIO knob 2 to adjust hours 3 Push the CLOCK button or AUDIO knob 2 to enter The display will show Minute Adjust 4 Turn the AUDIO knob 2 to adjust minutes 5 Push the CLOCK button or AUDIO knob 2 to enter The display will return to the regular clock display after 10 seconds If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time Readjust the time VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH SSD1153 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The amp indicator will illuminate OFF Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section POWER OUTLET Center console Cargo area SIC3587 SIC3651 SIC3652 Conso
209. cluding standard and optional equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not in clude passengers and cargo e GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo 9 12 Technical and consumer information GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other optional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat ing The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label e Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the subtracted weight of occu pants from the load limit VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occu
210. commended however if you must do so CAUTION If you move the shift selector lever to the P Park position before blocking 9 22 Technical and consumer information 4 D 6 the wheels and applying the parking brake transmission damage could oc cur Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone place blocks on the downhill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels After the wheel blocks are in place slowly release the brake pedal until the blocks absorb the vehicle load Apply the parking brake Shift the transmission into P Park Turn off the engine To drive away 1 a o p Apply and hold the brake pedal Start the engine Shift the transmission into gear Release the parking brake Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailer are clear from the blocks Apply and hold the brake pedal Have someone retrieve and store the blocks When going down a hill shift into a lower gear and use the engine braking effect When going up a long grade downshift the transmission to a lower gear and reduce speed to reduce chances of engine over loading and or overheating If the engine coolant rises to an extremely high temperature when the air conditioning system is on turn off the air conditioner Coolant heat can be additionally vented by opening the windows switching the fan control to high and setting the temperature control to the HOT position Trailer towing requires more fuel than normal cir
211. creen For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass screen breaks do not touch it Doing so could result in an injury e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is ne cessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a che mical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the dis play Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system 4 amp WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident 4 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Volume amp Beeps Display Navigation Audio Phone KT Bluetooth SAA2473 Touch
212. cs and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better under standing of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforce ment could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permitted by law Technical and consumer information 9 27 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE
213. cumstances Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Have your vehicle serviced more often than at intervals specified in the recommended maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Ser vice and Maintenance Guide When making a turn your trailer wheels will be closer to the inside of the turn than your vehicle wheels To compensate for this make a larger than normal turning radius during the turn Crosswinds and rough roads will adversely affect vehicle trailer handling possibly caus ing vehicle sway When being passed by larger vehicles be prepared for possible changes in crosswinds that could affect vehicle handling If swaying does occur firmly grip the steering wheel steer straight ahead and immediately but gradually reduce vehicle speed This combination will help stabilize the vehicle Never increase speed Do the following if the trailer begins to sway 1 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal to allow the vehicle to coast and steer as straight ahead as the road conditions allow This combination will help stabilize the vehicle Do not correct trailer sway by steering or applying the brakes 2 When the trailer sway stops gently apply the brakes and pull to the side of the road in a safe area 3 Try to rearrange the trailer load so it is balanced as described earlier in this section e Be careful when passing other vehicles Passing while towing a trailer requires considerably more d
214. d MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 MP3 Sampling frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Supported 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 versions WMA WMA8 WMA9 WMA 2_ Sampling frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP8 only WMA tag WMA only With navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder oe With navigation system 128 characters ee Without navigation system 64 characters Without navigation system 64 characters Dieolaable character codes 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM pay Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what kind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly Supported file systems Tag information Song title and Artist name Folder levels 4 40 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Specification chart for FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player Supported media CD CD R CD RW
215. d When the w or masy button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing RPT REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Shuffle Off Repeat One Shuffle Off Repeat Off Shuffle Off Repeat All Shuffle Albums Shuffle Songs Repeat All Repeat Off Shuffle Albums Shuffle Songs Repeat Off Repeat All MUSIC BOX if so equipped The Music Box can store songs from CDs being played 40 0 GB 9 3 GB for music storage capacity with navigation system or a 2 0 GB 800 MB for music storage capacity without navigation system The following CDs can be recorded in the Music Box audio system e CDs that contain uncompressed audio files e Hybrid Compact Disc Digital Audio Hybrid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs models with navigation system e Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA spe cification in CD Extras e First session of multisession disc Extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C could affect the performance of the hard drive flash memory NOTE If the hard drive flash memory needs to be replaced due to a malfunction all stored music data will be erased Center displa
216. de Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 WARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child re straint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Rear center seat belt earlier in this section 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0640 Forward facing front passenger seat step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a forward facing child restrain
217. dels with navigation system Explanation of terms DivX DivX refers to the DivX codec owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy compression of video based on MPEG 4 AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave It is a standard file format originated by Microsoft Corporation A divx encoded file can be saved into the avi file format for playback on this system if it meets the requirements stated in the table in this section However not all the avi files are playable on this system since different encodings can be used than the DivX codec ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft Corporation Note Only asf files that meet the requirements stated in the table in this section can be played Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital video file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Requirement for Supporting Video Play back CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memory ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported File Systems CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows DVD RW Vista based computer are not supported DVD RW DL VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is
218. dow and outside mirror defroster SWIC ecnin Er EEA AE 2 32 Turn signal switch 2 36 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 41 T Tachometer secacusciciserenteseacecriasesoeeanes sss 2 6 Temperature display 00 ceeeeeeeeeeee 2 24 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temp rature GAUGE ccon ciacseaturqostmeeetenkaaesgees 2 6 10 6 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start corerieceientrei ber noiae aai 2 27 Three way Catalyst vere ceteeesy eee eoraeteeeeryesees 5 2 Tilt telescopic steering siivcewrserrtveaset reese 3 26 Tire Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Tire replacement indicator 2 21 Tires Flat tire orearen re E EE 6 2 Low tire pressure warning system 5 3 Tire and Loading information label 8 31 9 10 Tire chaNS irre urise epee ie wewesexs 8 36 Tire dressing ssccrxicecenixa detevederesesexseeeexs 7 3 Tire pressure ssissrserserrareerre errer 8 30 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS c crsssssrdeeinsrsrssinckiisernsesis 5 3 6 2 Tirerotation wc vareccorsvereerme E e 8 36 Types of UNS rriren e e 8 35 Uniform tire quality grading 1 sicgoreeetevee 9 24 Wheel tire size 0 cece eee cece e eee eens 9 7 Wheels and tireS 0cccee eee ee eee 8 30 Tonneau cover see Cargo cover 2 47 Touch screen system ccd ceecc vt ekaeenedact excpedevss 4 4 Towing Flat TOWING cos ccceernseveess EAEE NKRA 9 23 TO
219. e Voice Recognition key 3 Select the Speaker Adaptation key Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 127 Settings Speaker Adaptation Store delete or edit voice data for User 1 SAA2550 4 Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system 5 Select the Start Speaker Adaptation Learn ing key Settings Speaker Adaptation SAA2551 6 Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands The voice commands in the category are displayed 4 128 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 7 Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts Settings Speaker Adaptation Sy Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2552 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 9 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak the command that the system requested 10 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the y amp switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command cor rectly the voice command status on the right side of the c
220. e and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN vehicles If any driveability problems such as engine stalling and difficult hot starting are experienced after using oxygenate blend fuels immediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing Technical and consumer information 9 3 pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives for example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commer cially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain active solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock i
221. e keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section 8 o m Ful a Answer Answer Incoming Call 0 00 XXXXXXXXXXX Hold Call Reject Call 1 3 SAA2525 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below a Select the Answer key b Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel c Pushthe button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen e Answer Accept an incoming call to talk e Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold e Reject Call Reject an incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below a Select the Hang up key b Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel c Pushthe button on the steering wheel Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 O m Full Keypad Call in Progress 0 15 XXXXXXXXXXX SAA2526 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call e Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone e Mute Mute your voice to the person e Keypad Using
222. e with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery MOOD LIGHTS SIC3599 Map lights The mood lights A located in the following positions will illuminate whenever the headlight switch is in the zpa or 4O position e next to the map lights e under the instrument panel e under the driver s power window switch The brightness of the mood lights can be adjusted with the illumination control buttons See Instrument brightness control earlier in this section VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS SIC2064 The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The lights will turn off after 15 minutes when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged CARGO LIGHTS SIC2131A When the switch is in the ON position 4 the light illuminates while the lift gate is opened When the lift gate is closed the light will turn off When the switch is in the OFF position 2 the light will turn off The lights will turn off after 15 minutes when the light remain illuminated to pre vent the battery from becoming dis charged HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Wi
223. e User Guide Speaker Adaptation The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons General Commands Command Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition 4 124 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information User Guide 1 8 SAA2547 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the multi function controller and push the EN TER button 5 Highlight an item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system e Lets Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command opera
224. e brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 FUSES SDI2181 ENGINE COMPARTMENT CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are turned off 2 Open the engine hood 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover by pushing the tab 4 Remove the fuse with
225. e control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator DRIVE BELT SDI2186 Power steering oil pump Alternator Drive belt auto tensioner Crankshaft pulley AOON Air conditioner compressor WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belt The engine could rotate unexpect edly 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt condition checked regularly Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 SPARK PLUGS WARNING Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2020 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing lridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the platinum tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conven tional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Do not reuse spark plugs by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones
226. e engine oll e FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK OPTIONS The 3 option menus can be set to your preference e LANGUAGE Select this submenu to choose English French or Spanish for display e UNIT Select this submenu to choose the unit from MPG or 1 100 km e EFFECTS Select this menu to set the dial effects described below to on or off The indicator needles sweep in the meters and the ring illumination will be brightened gradually when the engine is started To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK WARNING X 0 gt SKIP La ENTER Warning check To see if there are any of the following warnings SIC3679 and corresponding details select this menu e No key warning e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning e Parking brake release warning e Door lift gate open warning e Loose fuel cap warning e Check tire pressure warning SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is displayed Select this menu to see the
227. e following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK p button 2 while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK p button 2 is pushed all doors will be locked auto matically after another 1 minute e Opening any door including the lift gate e Pushing the ignition switch Opening windows The UNLOCK gg button operation also allows you to open the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See POWER WINDOWS in the 2 Instruments and controls section To open the windows push the door UNLOCK g button for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK Q button Windows cannot be closed using the button on the Intelligent Key If the window open operation is stopped in mid operation while pushing the UNLOCK button release and push the UNLOCK g button again until the window opens completely The door windows can be opened or closed by turning the mechanical key in a door lock See DOORS earlier in this section Opening closing lift gate if so equipped 1 Push the power lift gate gaff button 3 for more than 1 second 2 The lift gate will automatically open The hazard indicator flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds for approximately 3 seconds To close the lift gate push the power lift gate mf button The lift gate will automatically close If the powe
228. e ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the pa or 4O position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position CAUTION e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Canada only The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the pa position Turn the headlight switch to the O position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position WARNING When the daytime running lig
229. e multi function controller The Speed Sensitive Volume function is turned off when the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed DivX Registration Code models with navigation system The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated Display Album Cover Art models with navigation system When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing iPod or MP3 music files through a CD DVD or USB memory When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings models with navigation system For details of the Phone settings see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section Bluetooth settings models with navi gation system For details of the Bluetooth settings see BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYS TEM models with navigation system later in this section or BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO models with navigation system later in this section Settings Volume amp Beeps Use volume knob to adjust during playback SAA2554 Example Volume and Beeps settings models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when
230. e not neces sary WARNING e Never remove the radiator or cool ant reservoir cap when the engine is hot Wait until the engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in IF YOUR VEHI CLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section of this man ual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To pre vent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap e If the engine was stopped soon when the engine is hot the cooling fan may operate for approximately 10 minutes after the engine was stopped to cool the components in the engine compartment When the cooling fan is operating be sure that hands or other items do not get caught in it CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is pre diluted to provide antifreeze protection to 34 F 37 C If additional freeze pro tection is needed due to weather where you operate your vehicle add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue concentrate following the direc tions on the container If an equivalent coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue is used follow the coolant manufacture s instructions to maintain minimum anti freeze protection to 34 F 37 C The use of o
231. e oil and filter 5 8 8 Checking engine oil level 00eee 8 8 Engine Olli cssoe ct iasa A ANE 8 8 Engine oil viscosity uiae 9 5 Oil filter replacement indicator 5 2 21 Operation Indicators for operation 2 18 Outside air temperature display 2 24 Outside Mirrors J cvsssiatetnmeidiceresvoxacaiendas 3 30 Overdrive OFF switch ics tesvecernaCersmendnsieds 5 16 Overheat If your vehicle overheats 6 11 Owner s Manual Service Manual order laite goats tte eee rere ee ante E rer ores Sern eee te 9 28 P Panic AlANN c2ce shscccrsenesescciaccess EEEE E 3 17 Parking Brake DICARicsdsnisees aseeeeeipiisdeenesnnns 5 26 Parking brake operation eeeeeee 5 18 Parking brake release warning 2 19 Parking on hills 5 24 Personal liGits 2sc scewsiesersieerescestpenysitnss 2 55 Phone Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system 4 82 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 4 93 Car phone or CB adios occcsistccnivecezaseecs 4 82 Power Front seat adjustment cceeeeeeeaees 1 4 Power door lock cicunwwerececzerbroebimewexyx eens 3 4 Power OUUG ssc cerreeresseurscamsunacseseceseecs 2 41 Power steering fluid eeee eee 8 11 Power steering system eeeeeeeeee 5 25 Power WINGOWS eecee cence eee eeeeeeees 2
232. e radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the XM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source i e FM or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol For more details see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS earlier in this section Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and v
233. e recognition systems Adjust the temperature to about 75 F 24 C for normal operation e The temperature of the passenger com partment will be maintained automati cally Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically 3 You can individually set driver and front passenger side temperature using each temperature control button type A or dial type B When the DUAL button is pushed or the passenger side temperature control buttons type A or dial type B is are operated the DUAL indicator will come on To turn off the passenger side temperature control push the DUAL button A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the A C button The A C indicator will turn off 2 Operate the temperature control buttons type A or dial type B to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the 7 front defroste
234. e system in extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Operating this system under these condi tions may result in system malfunctions 4 2 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1845 STATUS SETTING SAA1846 SAA1847 Without navigation system 1 INFO vehicle information button P 4 7 When you use this system make sure the 2 STATUS status display button P 4 7 engine Is running 3 Multi functi troller P 4 4 i u D ee ene dk If you use the system with the engine not 4 x2 el as control and display ON running ignition ON or ACC for a long utton P 4 time it will Il th tter wer 5 SETTING button P 4 12 F pee Oa e eee POWE and the engine will not start SAA1848 Without navigation system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 HOW TO USE MULTI FUNCTION CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial 3 and push the ENTER button 4 for operation If you push the BACK button 4 before the setup is completed the setup will be canceled and or the display will return to the previous screen This button can also be used to delete characters that have been input After the setup is completed push the BACK button and return to the previous s
235. e tag will automatically generate a speed dial to the registered number See PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION earlier in this section You can call the identified number using the following command Dial followed by the voice tag Dialling a name with a voice tag It is possible to call up a name via a voice tag instead of a number provided the name and number of your correspondent has been pre viously stored in the phonebook Dial via a voice tag according to the following procedure 1 Push the amp switch 2 The system replies please say a command after the beep Available commands are Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone or Help 3 Give your instructions to the system by saying Dial John for example John must have been previously set as a voice tag for John s phone number or Dial One if John is Classified as one in the phonebook If the system cannot understand your command repeat it according to the re commendations mentioned in How to speak commands earlier in this section 4 lf the given name voice tag is correct the phone system will dial the number registered for John INFO To end the voice command phase at any stage of the procedure push the amp switch once in order to activate the cancel command Manual command selection Commands can be selected manually While the commands are displayed on the screen select a command by
236. e to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the seat belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 2 through 8 PASSENGER Je AIRBAG ag OFF SSS0823 Forward facing step 10 10 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat place the ignition switch in the ON position The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light in this section Move the child restraint to another seating position Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled SSS0822 INSTALLING TOP TETHER STRAP First secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors rear outboard seat positions only or the seat belt as applicable 1 If necessary raise or remove the headrest to position the top tether strap over the top of the seatba
237. eat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN recommends that pre teens and chil dren be properly restrained in a rear seat NISSAN also recommends that appropriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat If this is not possible the occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or m
238. ebaetess 2 55 Map lights lt lt 2iccec2surdteaiaesssonteteseeaniess 2 55 Mood lights lt sscestsastestinesecereaceaeautess 2 56 Personal ghtS ctu ci ccatencctcepsecetesdiiedecs 2 55 Replacement ccctecticeeiedeteccpsseseegdidedees 8 24 Vanity mirror lights 5 ccdaceceeecscoueete diiedacs 2 57 Warning indicator lights and audible POMINGet Sa x ccecenseskeseiatadeuelengocgenneee se 2 10 Xenon headlights i s 2 33 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement Loading information See vehicle loading information 0 0065 9 12 Lock Automatic door lOckS 00eeeeee eee eens 3 6 Door lOCKS acsciccssaceredesenecuieisias tatenessss 3 4 Lift gate lock cc 2csteceesyerececigeussvededues se 3 19 Power door lock cc crseecterchacuescatarecskeeees 3 4 Locking with mechanical key 2 000e 3 5 Low fuel WalniNGzc cnctcutppaterdterteeresaneuaeces 2 19 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 0 5 3 Low washer fluid warning 0e eeeee eee 2 20 Luggage NOOKS xaeisuest sc cueyceveceerseseasricee 2 48 Luggage side DOK sigies ci Seeder cede veideseecus 2 47 10 4 M Maintenance AWE era E ch easestaneesncies 8 13 General maintenance eeeeeee eee ees 8 2 Indicators for maintenance 08 2 21 Inside the vehicle cceceee cence ee eees 8 3 Maintenance precautions
239. ecommended by the man ufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN deal er 4 82 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless tech nology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no phone connecting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the
240. ed may be limited Fail safe If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated The MIL may illuminate to indicate the fail safe mode is activated See Malfunction In dicator Light MIL in the 2 Instruments and controls section This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case place the ignition switch in the OFF position and wait for 10 seconds Then place the ignition switch back in the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if necessary WARNING When the high fluid temperature pro tection mode or fail safe operation occurs vehicle speed may be gradually reduced The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If ne cessary pull to the side of the road ata safe place and allow the transmission to return to normal operation or have it repaired if necessary SSD0693 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever perform the following procedure
241. ed to the pillar as illustrated 9 10 Technical and consumer information AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is at tached as shown INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the plastic bag e License plate bracket License plate e Screw x 2 bracket 1 Park the vehicle on flat level ground 2 Line up the tabs on the license plate bracket under the top of the front bumper A Hold the license plate bracket in place Install the license plate bracket with screws Install the license plate with screws sold separately Use a screw of 1 4 inch 6 mm in diameter Screws and approximately 3 4 inch 20 mm in length Step 4 ST10821 Technical and consumer information 9 11 VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION WARNING e Itis extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehi cle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts e Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle e Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight in
242. ee seen eee eeee ees 8 11 Ea OTM Oats ota seen EA IE P E seco acces 8 12 Window washer TWIG tevcncccctetomasenareseeccmacteemans 8 12 BANOT ge Ce ees er err EE 8 13 SRE CA S a E E E E 8 14 Variable voltage control system if so equipped 8 15 DAO DO en rer Te A E 8 15 Spaik PUGS anssacenaicieuiactuenansaiaunviancanwnrrsewswane 8 16 Replacing spark DING Sie caccoasiatusssessieiacmersinbesee 8 16 Ar CNG ANN Ol spores pec cece cect a i 8 16 Windshield wiper blades eeeeeeeee renee 8 17 CICANING ssceasscascanesiadhceserrssotesst maaateeeewaresaes 8 17 Pee Dla IN iss ueeeewaeeos E E E eee 8 18 Rear window wiper blade 2 seeeeeeeeeeee ees 8 19 AS aches cee eee eae eae 8 19 Self adjusting brakes ccceeeeeee teen eee ees 8 19 Brake pad wear Warning 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 19 POS OS eee ene ese A EA nee eee eee eee 8 20 ENGING compartMeN sisi censteeshendeoeveceaietetevesees 8 20 Passenger compartment aicncnescvesterrsstecemaneves sce 8 21 Intelligent Key battery replacement 0008 8 22 KONIE er A aS 8 24 PICACIIQMING lt 2e2aceveactedinsesancsedectcectieieeeetenadete 8 25 Exterior and interior lightS 2 eeeeeeeeeeee 8 27 Wheels and TCS oe ce dee cease senha E ESEA 8 30 Tire ORES SUNS esanian reeves tvecesssiaans 8 30 Tire JAD GING esie E 8 33 Tyee OF Wes ra E a 8 35 Tire Cid INS srs esecs nner REE 8 36 Changing wheels and tireS 0 se
243. eeeeeeee ees 8 36 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s fine mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance You are a vital link in the main tenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer W
244. een 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal RON To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods a Push the CANCEL switch b Tap the brake pedal c Turn the MAIN switch off The CRUISE light will turn off e lf you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e f you move the selector lever to the N Neutral position the cruise control will be Starting and driving 5 19 canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push a
245. een appears push the TALK switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be confirmed Information User Guide Tips on Speaking Commands Say commands when there are minimal background sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Say commands after the tone SAA2533 Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands cor rectly Select Help on Speaking to start display USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message System not ready or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the follow ing e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without paus
246. efects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium bat teries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Per chlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate J Bluetooth gracenote aX Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and lisenced to Visteon Corpora tion and Clarion Co Ltd Gracenote is a registered tra demark of Gracenote Inc The Gracenote logo and logo type and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Grace note XM Radio requires a subscrip tion sold separately It is not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com 2010 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisf
247. egular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn SAI0038 Floor mat positioning aid This model includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the floorwell Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely before using them See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can acce
248. ehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsi bility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION N ob ST10334 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The vehicle identification number is located as shown Remove the cover to access the number STI0562 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C M V S S certification label is affixed as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully Technical and consumer information 9 9 ST10373 EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL LABEL The emission control information label is at The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and tached to the underside of the hood as shown Loading Information label affix
249. eing a stuck vehicle 6 15 Security system decree nes pevedesciddessadeeetss 2 26 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 41 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 27 Vehicle information and settings display 4 7 VENUNAIONS cocectisdeectuettostececesiiegeaseeekes 4 27 Voice command Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 4 98 Voice command NISSAN voice recognition system 4 112 4 122 Ww Warning Dot matrix CISDlAy o lt cctectrcercemecosecweseccs 2 17 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 37 CIONS onrera E cs 2 10 Tire pressure monitoring system DE PEE E EEA 5 3 6 2 Warning indicator lights and audible reMINdErS enni Erri EEE EEEE E 2 10 Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 56 Warning light Air bag warning light 58 1 56 2 14 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 10 Anti lock braking system ABS warning WWI T EEEE eee 2 11 AWD warning light cette cuteetectenrecenenswncs 5 23 Brake warning light sccdorececebenetemennisexts 2 11 Intelligent Key warning light 2 12 Low tire pressure warning light 2 12 Seat belt warning light 0eeeee 2 14 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 25 Washer switch Rear window wiper and washer switch 2 31 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 28 Washing s2rct up scniczeses asisecincoesossesecseavtssss 7 2 WV asi Gasevencess
250. elector lever is moved from the P Park position to any other position How ever It will not be canceled while the seat and steering column are returning to the previous positions entry exit function When the driver s door remains open for more than 45 seconds and the ignition switch is not in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems EAE i EPE E AE E P 4 2 Center multi function control panel models with color display screen 0cceeeeeeee ees 4 2 How to use multi function controller 4 4 How to use touch screen models with navigation system cseeeeeeeeees 4 4 Menu options models with navigation system 4 6 How to select menus on the screen 4 7 Vehicle information and settings if so equipped 4 7 How to use STATUS button 4 7 How to use brightness control and display ON Daae i o aAA E TE E A E 4 7 How to use INFO bUMON ississadsccccdcciesersssenecoces 4 7 How to use SETTING button n 4 12 RearView monitor if so equipped ceeeeeee es 4 21 How to read the displayed lines 4 22 How to park with predicted course lines 4 22 Difference between predicted and actual GISTAN GSS apiece eve ege ccc E aceeneeweseness 4 24 How to adjust the SCreen cccceceeeeeeeeee ees 4 26 Operating UPS is cccetasieserscesadieciciasieieusn
251. elector lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 3 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the dot matrix liquid crystal display between the speedometer and tachometer See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the Intelligent Key port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off without loc
252. elt fastened This will keep you and your passengers in position when driving over rough terrain Do not drive across steep slopes Instead drive either straight up or straight down the slopes Off road vehicles can tip over sideways much more easily than they can forward or backward Many hills are too steep for any Starting and driving 5 7 vehicle If you drive up them you may stall If you drive down them you may not be able to control your speed If you drive across them you may roll over Do not shift ranges while driving on downhill grades as this could cause loss of control of the vehicle Stay alert when driving to the top of a hill At the top there could be a drop off or other hazard that could cause an accident If your engine stalls or you cannot make it to the top of a steep hill never attempt to turn around Your vehicle could tip or roll over Always back straight down in R Reverse range Never back down in N Neu tral using only the brake as this could cause loss of control Heavy braking going down a hill could cause your brakes to overheat and fade resulting in loss of control and an accident Apply brakes lightly and use a low range to control your speed Unsecured cargo can be thrown around when driving over rough 5 8 Starting and driving terrain Properly secure all cargo so it will not be thrown forward and cause injury to you or your passen gers To avoid raising the center of
253. em 1 31 aaa a or Ss SSS0100 REAR FACING CHILD RESTRAINT IN STALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS WARNING The three point seat belt with Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR must be used when installing a child restraint Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child re straint not being properly secured The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child ina sudden stop or collision Also it can change the operation of the front passenger air bag See Front pas senger air bag and status light later in this section When installing a child restraint system in the rear center position both the center seat belt connector tongue and buckle tongue must be secured See Rear center seat belt earlier in this section 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system tas ii De CE A ED eet N Pavan ah SS SSS0100 Rear facing step 1 Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the CHILD SAFETY earlier in this section and CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section before installing a child restraint Follow these steps to install a rear facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats 1 Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the restraint manufacturer s instructions
254. emove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory stores UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film CAUTION When cleaning the inside of the win dows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant c
255. en in objects on the screen This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper This is not a malfunction The screen may flicker under fluorescent light This is not a malfunction The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from those of the actual object Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark place or at night This is not a malfunction If dirt rain or snow attaches to the camera the RearView Monitor may not clearly dis play objects Clean the camera Do not use alcohol benzine or thinner to clean the camera This will cause discolora tion To clean the camera wipe with a cloth dampened with diluted mild cleaning agent and then wipe with a dry cloth Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected VENTILATORS Do not use wax on the camera window Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with mild detergent diluted with water SAA1991 Center ventilators SAA1990 Side ventilators Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER 4 amp WARNING e The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running e Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a al pie de atc 75 closed vehicle could quickly become h
256. en the DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the compact disc loaded the system will turn on and the compact disc will start to play When the DISC button is pushed with the compact disc loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the compact disc will start to play CD PLAY INFORMATION When the DISP button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the disc information display will change as follows 4 48 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems CD Track Number gt Album Title fe Song Title o CD with MP3 or WMA Track Number Folder Title EN Title Artist Name Album a FF Fast Forward REW Re wind APS Automatic Pro gram Search FF APS REW When the fast forward or mas rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the compact disc will return to normal play speed When the pr or 4s button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the compact disc is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played CD PLAY selection To change to another CD already loaded into the player push the CD play select buttons Q to REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM Wh
257. en the RPT button is pushed while the compact disc is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD C All Disc Repeat 1 Disc Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat E 1 Disc Random All Disc Random CD with MP3 or WMA D Disc Repeat 1 Disc Repeat 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track a i Folder Random 1 Disc Random All Disc Random amp cp EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the compact disc loaded the compact disc will be ejected To eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the compact disc is being played the compact disc will come out and the system will turn off If the compact disc comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of CDs will be played for 10 seconds in sequence When the SCAN tuning button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the first program in all the CDs will be played for 10 seconds Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next disc program AUX Auxiliary inp
258. ends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation and use SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 lbs 9 kg can be placed in a forward facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use LARGER CHILDREN Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ibs 18 kg and 80 Ibs 86 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a 1 25 commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly posit
259. ened and this condition is continued the headlights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Light Off Delay in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section SAA0642A Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor A located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate SIC3670 Headlight beam select 1 To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown 2 To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the O position Pull it back to select the low beam 3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the head light switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the bazor Z position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position When the headlight switch is in the zpa or 2D position while th
260. enever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer 5 26 Starting and driving ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS WARNING The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL in the 9 Technical and consumer infor mation section of this manual For detailed information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it your self section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so t
261. ent panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bags inflate e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification 1 52 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system This is to prevent accidental infla tion of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag sys tem Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious personal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing m
262. ere it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing is completely removed from the tire tread grooves e Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer Appearance and care 7 3 CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dam pened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive 7 4 Appearance and care and damaging to the leather sur faces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or am monia based cleaners
263. ered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available e Select Select Select to connect the selected device to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the selected device will replace the current device e Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section e Delete Delete the selected Bluetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth cellular phone For details about Hands Free Phone System see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section SAA3344 iPod PLAYER OPERATION if so equipped Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector If compatible the battery of the iPod is charged while the connection to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows a NISSAN or Accessory Attached screen when the connec tion is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehi
264. erely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain and rollover air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Pre teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat if possible Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for details SSSO0059A Do not lean against doors or windows SSS0188A SSS0140 WARNING Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags and roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supple mental air bags e The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact or lower severity side collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 47 SSS0162 e The seat belts the side air bags and side air bag inflation curtain and rollover air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side r
265. ersonal injury When returning the seatbacks be sure to attach the rear center seat belt connector Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear 1 7 center seat belt connector is com pletely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct position serious per sonal injury may result in an acci dent or sudden stop SSS0227A Reclining Pull the reclining strap A and position the seatback at the desired angle Release the reclining strap after positioning the seat at the desired angle The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAU TIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section The seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protectio
266. ery If you see the low battery indicator in the dot matrix liquid crystal display replace the battery as soon as possible See INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLA CEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION e Never place anything except the Intelligent Key in the key port Doing so may cause damage to the equip ment Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the key port The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect direction Remove the Intelligent Key from the key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel Check that all windows and lights are clean Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation Lock all doors Position seats and adjust head restraints headrests Adjust inside and outside mirrors Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section STARTING THE ENGINE Apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Pa
267. es When turning the vehicle in LOCK mode on paved roads you may feel a braking effect This is a normal condition of the AWD model Warning light Comes on or blinks when lt i 7 Awd jx Comes on There is a malfunction in the All Wheel Drive AWD system The powertrain oil temperature rises extremely The difference in wheel rotation is large Blinks slowly SSD0336B AWD WARNING LIGHT The AWD warning light is located in the meter The AWD warning light illuminates when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position It turns off soon after the engine is started If any malfunction occurs in the AWD system while the engine Is running the warning light will come on The warning light may blink rapidly about twice per second while trying to free a stuck vehicle due to high powertrain oil temperature The driving mode may change to 2WD The AUTO mode may change to the LOCK mode before the warning light blinks If the warning light blinks rapidly during operation stop the vehicle with the engine idling in a safe place immediately Then if the light turns off after a while you can continue driving A large difference between the diameters of front and rear wheels will make the warning light blink slowly about once per two seconds Pull off the road in a safe area and idle the engine Check that all tire sizes are the same tire pressure is correct and tires are not worn CAUTION e
268. es etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and around the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving Move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per forming any parts replacement or repairs e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts e It is advisable to secure or remo
269. es Skid and traction cap abilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires All Wheel Drive AWD models CAUTION e Always use tires of the same type size brand construction bias bias belted or radial and tread pattern on all four wheels Failure to do so may result in a circumference differ ence between tires on the front and rear axles which will cause exces sive tire wear and may damage the transmission transfer case and dif ferential gears Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 e ONLY use spare tires specified for the AWD model If excessive tire wear is found it is recom mended that all four tires be replaced with tires of the same size brand construction and tread pattern The tire pressure and wheel alignment should also be checked and corrected as necessary Contact a NISSAN dealer TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before instal ling tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body componen
270. et under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle on other vehicles The jack is de signed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions a Fl SA U N SCE0572 Jack up point Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Carefully raise the vehic
271. etooth Hands Free Phone Sys tem e Help The system announces the available com mands VOICE ADAPTATION MODE The Voice Adaptation mode allows up to two users with different dialects to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different voice adaptation model for each con nected phone Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the drivers seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park Press the amp button Speak Help The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 5 Speak Voice Adaptation The system acknowledges the command and displays the voice adaptation mode screen 6 Voice memory A or memory B is selected automatically If both memory locations are already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite one Follow the instructions pro vided by the system 7 When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the amp amp button 8 The voice adaptation mode will be ex plained Follow the instructions provided by the system 9 When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded 10 The system will ask you to say your name Foll
272. ever P 5 14 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 50 Power outlet P 2 41 All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK switch P 5 21 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch P 2 32 Heater air conditioner control P 4 28 or Audio system P 4 33 Glove box P 2 45 if so equipped Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 7 METERS AND GAUGES 10 SS10816 1 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 36 7 Dot matrix liquid crystal display P 2 17 2 Tachometer P 2 6 Trip computer P 2 36 3 Speedometer P 2 5 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 6 4 Fuel gauge P 2 7 9 Odometer twin trip odometer P 2 5 Continu 5 Warning indicator lights P 2 10 ously Variable Transmission CVT position indi l cator P 2 15 6 Trip computer switch P 2 21 10 RESET switch for trip odometer P 2 5 0 8 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT VQ35DE ENGINE 1 2 3 4 5 Air cleaner P 8 16 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 1 1 Drive belt location P 8 15 Engine oil filler cap P 8 8 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 1 2 N ae AA a Ke f ae at 77 yf a a ane a A Y Fai e Fe n Fuse fusible link holder P 8 20 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 12 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 7 Radiator filler cap P 8 7 O Engine oil dipstick P 8 8 1 Battery P 8 13 eo ee a Illust
273. ey displayed on the operation screen using the multi function controller il Pause Select the u key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the gt key P Play Select the gt key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file stop Select the mi key to stop playing a movie file gt gt Skip Next chapter Select the key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed i Skip Previous chapter Select the ia key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the lt lt key is selected List Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 USB Settings SAA2504 Example Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files e Play Mode Select the Normal or 1 Track Repeat play mode 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified folder file will be p
274. f and on to maintain a temperature above 68 F 20 C The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually The indica tor light will turn off 2 38 Instruments and controls NOTE If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is above 68 F 20 C when the switch is turned on the system will not heat the steering wheel This is not a malfunction HEATED SEATS if so equipped WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat tempera tures or have an inability to feel pain in body parts that contact the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat
275. fluid concentrate and water Type A Type B SIC4395 The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Q INT Type A intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster 4 AUTO Type B For models with the rain sensing auto wiper system see RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYSTEM later in this section 2 LO continuous low speed operation 3 HI continuous high speed operation Push the lever up 4 MIST to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you 6 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times Instruments and controls 2 29 e High High sensitive operation auto wiper system when you use a car a wash e Low Low sensitive operation The rain sensing auto wipers may not operate if rain does not hit the rain sensor even if it is raining To turn the rain sensing auto wiper system off push up the lever to the OFF position or pull down the lever to the LO or HI position CAUTION Do not touch the rain sensor and e Using genuine wiper blades is recom mended for proper operation of the rain sensing auto wiper system See WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES in the SIC4017 RAIN SENSING AUTO WIPER SYS TEM if so equipped The rain sensing auto wiper system can auto matically tu
276. following conditions e ignition switch is switched to the LOCK position Instruments and controls 2 55 remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UN LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after 15 minutes when the lights remain illumi nated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position 2 56 Instruments and controls remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of tim
277. freeze on the rear window stop moving to protect its motor If this glass and obscure your vision Warm occurs turn the wiper switch to the OFF the rear window with the defroster position and remove the snow or ice that is before you wash the rear window on and around the wiper arms In approxi mately 1 minute turn the switch on again to operate the wiper CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds SIC3666 e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank Type A e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to SIC4019 mix the washer fluid concentrate Type B Instruments and controls 2 31 The rear window wiper and washer operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper 4 Intermittent INT intermittent operation not adjustable 2 Low ON continuous low speed opera tion Push the switch forward 8 to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times 2 32 Instruments
278. g checks and adjustments a Type A 3 SPA2406 TA Type B 3 SPA2431 1 Master key 2 2 Mechanical key inside the key 2 3 Key number plate 1 NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS TEM KEYS Your vehicle can only be driven with the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components in your vehicle These keys have a transponder chip in the key head Never leave these keys in the vehicle Additional or replacement keys If you still have a key the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys Your dealer can duplicate your existing key As many as 4 keys can be used with one vehicle You should bring all the registered keys that you have to a NISSAN dealer for registration This is because the registration process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System After the registration process these components will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration Any key that is not given to your dealer at the time of registration will no longer be able to start your vehicle CAUTION Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle Im mobilizer System key which contains an electrical transponder to come in contact with salt water This could cause the system to malfunction INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM Your vehicle can only be driven with the
279. g injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven Sit upright and well back SSS0134 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 SSS0016 SSS0014 WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Children should be prop erly restrained in the rear seat and if appropriate in a child restraint The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and in crease the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an acci dent 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint
280. g systems e Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Front In case of emergency 6 15 e Pulling devices such as ropes or to remove the vehicle canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recov ery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 2 Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions 3 Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires 4 Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward e Shift back and forth between R Re verse and D Drive e Apply the accelerator as little as possi ble to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h 5 If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service 6 16 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning eeng alnnisasanccsnnpisisatmannncenanmuaetetecmuner T a NV ASIING a E T 7 2 VATT a PERENE A E E E E 7 2 Removing 13 OS cisean iin En nR 7 3 Wiole yee a i E E PE E T 7 3 C AREE A E EE E E een re 7 3 Aluminum alloy wheels 2 ocvecreneseerscesceeretiastentes 7 3 Chrome DANS san eetseranis wcenee eiennenn a 7 3 Tire dresSing eee eer er ee ee rete re ctr 7 3 CIEANRIG
281. g the SETTING button and selecting the Clock key The clock settings display cannot be operated while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe place and apply the parking brake before setting the clock On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system models with navigation system Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour min models with naviga tion system Clock Adjust models without navigation system Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute 4 16 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following Models with navigation system e Pacific e Mountain e Central e Eastern e Atlantic e Newfoundland e Hawaii e Alaska Models without navigation system e Eniwetok Kwajalein e Midway Island Samoa e Hawai e Alaska e Pacific Comfort settings Models with navigation system SEJI Oe SEE E EO The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key and then selecting the
282. ge Regulatory information Bluetooth trademark FCC Regulatory information Bluetooth is a trademark owned intai i i E Ree ee uk CAUTION To maintain compliance with Bluetooth c nsed to Claron Go Lid ange the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula Prone Phone tions Operation is subject to the following two conditions Adds or Edits the Bluetooth Phones and Audio Devices 1 This device may not cause interference and SAA2505 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may Connecting procedure cause undesired operation of the device 1 Push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 Settings Bluetooth Settings Bluetooth Settings Connect Bluetooth Bluetooth Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with the handsfree phone system For audio devices please select No f Ce OD ee Delete OK
283. gnition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and preten sioner systems may not operate properly It must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and roll over air bag and or pretensioner sys tems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO CEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemen tal air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has occurred Repair and replace ment of these systems should be done only by a NISSAN deale
284. h roads 1 When the rotation difference between the front and rear wheels is large the AWD mode may change from AUTO to LOCK for a while however this is not a malfunction LOCK mode will change to AUTO mode automatically when the vehicle has been driven at a high speed The AWD LOCK indicator light turns off LOCK mode will automatically be cancelled when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position If the AWD LOCK switch is operated while accelerating or decelerating or if the ignition switch is turned off you may feel a jolt This is normal The oil temperature of power train parts will increase if the vehicle is continuously operated under conditions where the differ ence in rotation between the front and rear wheels is large wheel slip such as when driving the vehicle on rough roads through sand mud or freeing a stuck vehicle In these cases the AWD warning light blinks rapidly and the AWD mode changes to 2WD to protect the powertrain parts If you stop driving with the engine idling and wait until the warning light stops blinking the AWD returns to the AUTO mode WARNING When driving straight shift the AWD LOCK switch to AUTO Do not oper ate the AWD LOCK switch when making a turn or backing up Do not operate the AWD LOCK switch with the front wheel spin ning Engine idling speed is high while warming up the engine Be espe cially careful when starting or driv ing on slippery surfac
285. h and hold the programmed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate If the indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train Home Link completing the programming may require a ladder and another person for convenience Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire Originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door opener s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this step Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you ve just programmed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you wa
286. handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 DIO137MA Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL Q and LOWER LEVEL lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI1480C 1 Remove the cell plugs 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL 4 line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition 4 indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see JUMP STARTING in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM if so equipped CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltag
287. he windows are open Push the ignition switch to the OFF position Carry the Intelligent Key Close all doors hood and lift gate Lock all doors The doors can be locked with e the lock button Key fA on the Intelligent e any request switch e the power door lock switch e the key master or mechanical 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and lift gate locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by Unlocking the door or opening the lift gate without using the button o
288. he solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli sion Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 0005 5 26 Adjustable headrest cce cee eeee eee ee
289. he spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S certification la bel The vehicle weight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating condi tions due to premature tire fail ure or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Load ing beyond the specified capa city may also result in failure of other
290. he wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors electric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then oper ates normally but without anti lock assistance If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer
291. head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0993 SSS0994 To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down SSS0995 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position Push and hold the lock knob 3 Remove the head restraint from the seat Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle 5 Install and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating posi tion SSS0996 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches must be in stalled in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0508 Front seat Active Head Restraint The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash t
292. help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury e The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with items in the cargo area Secure any items in the cargo area Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged e Donotload your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle han dles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR WARNING Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading not only can short en the life of your vehicle and the tire but can
293. hen Alternate Command Mode is active Information User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigation audio phone and other functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the steering wheel Then say a command after the tone SAA2532 Getting Started Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the multi function controller Tutorials on the operation of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system If you choose Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using NISSAN Voice Recognition 4 108 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information User Guide pack sf 88068262200 88066262200 Digits were not recognized correctly Please check the analysis of your speech for possible improvements Soft Good Loud Volume of voice jo _ __ Slow Good Fast Speed Early Good Late So Start of speaking SAA2534 Let s Practice This mode helps learn how to use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system 1 Select the Let s Practice key 2 After the message scr
294. hen a Spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors CHANGING A FLAT TIRE If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle i Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position Turn off the engine Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic and clear of the vehicle WARNING Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the transmis sion is shifted into the P Park position Never change tires when the vehicle is on a slope ice or slippery areas This is hazardous Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for professional road assistance MCE000
295. hen attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is com pletely secured e Ifthe rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured SSS0225 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0232 Attaching rear center seat belt Always be sure the rear center seat belt connector tongue and connector buckle are attached Disconnect only when folding down the rear seat To connect the buckle 1 Pull out the connector tongue from the retractor base 1 2 Pull out the seat belt tongue from the retractor base 2 3 Pull the seat belt and secure the connector buckle until it clicks The center seat belt connector tongue and buckle are indicated by the W and A mark The center seat belt connector tongue can be attached only into the rear center seat belt connector buckle To fasten the seat belt see Fastening the seat belts earlier in this section WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e When attaching the rear center seat belt connector be certain that the seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position and the rear center seat belt connector is com pletely secured If the rear center seat belt connector and the seatbacks are not secured in the correct pos
296. hicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate A CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated For additional information see TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction For additional information see
297. hild restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on forward facing child restraints to be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 27 LATCH lower anchor WARNING Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installa tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision Attach LATCH system compatible SSS0419B LATCH system lower anchor location Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH System Your vehicle is equipped with special anchor points that are used with the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren system compatible child restraints This system may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint The LATCH anchor points are provided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors The child restraint will not be secured prop erly Inspect the lower anchors by insert ing your fingers into the lower anchor area Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchor
298. his could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please con tact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 Sy SPA2033 MECHANICAL KEY To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and glove box if they are equipped with a key cylinder See DOORS later in this section and STO RAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key in stalled in the key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself after removing the mechanical key to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 2 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 3 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag Insert the mechanical key into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle
299. hone fff Recent Calls ff Help Enter Manual Mode Exit SAA2574 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command after the beep Available com mands are Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone or Help 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak a command See the List of voice com mands later in this section for the voice command list Speak Call for example INFO Voice commands cannot be recognized as long as the screen icon is not in the command recognition mode 4 The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 5 After the tone sounds speak the phone number 6 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands 7 After system responds speak Dial and the system dials the spoken numbers Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is e f the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the amp amp switch or the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e If you want to cancel the command push the sm switch The message Voice input is canceled will be announced If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons
300. ht illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or illuminates depending on the front passenger occupied status The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The iar or light is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger s seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The serso light illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The ss Bsr light is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger s
301. ht system is active tail lights on your vehicle are not on It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others Instruments and controls 2 35 SIC3585 Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Pushing the control switch once will change the brightness to the night mode Pushing the control switch once will change the brightness to the day mode To adjust the brightness of instrument panel lights push the control switches Pushing the upper switch A will brighten the lights When the brightness reaches the maximum level a beep will sound The lower switch dims the lights Repeatedly pushing the lower switch will turn the lights off and a beep will sound 2 36 Instruments and controls SIC3671 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing SIC3672 FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn the fog lights on turn the headlight switch to the 4O position then turn the switch to the 0 position To turn them off turn the switch to the OFF position The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate HAZARD WARNING FLAS
302. ial Number Yul Call command for all other formats Syl ammo JRL oeeo e If you say Chenge Number during phone number entry the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using WJ Change Numb 4 Change Numb j Z Change Number Z Change Number Help the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the Manual Controls Manual Controls area code first and then follow the prompts O Say the last four digits or say Change Please say Dial or say Change See eS e Do not add a 1 in front of the area code To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch when speaking phone numbers e f the system does not recognize your command please try repeating the com mand using a natural voice Speaking too SAA2539 SAA2540 8 The system announces Please say the last 10 The system announces Dial or Change slow or too loudly may further decrease four digits or say change number Number recognition performance 9 Speak 6 2 0 0 11 Speak Dial 12 The system makes a call to 800 662 6200 Note e You can also speak 800 662 6200 10 continuous digits or 662 6200 7 con tinuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit group ing is recommended for improved recogni tion See How to speak numbers earlier in this section Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 Voice Recognitio
303. ialing using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with na vigation system later in this section To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 aul BO Ml Yul G50 Vehicle Phonebook Call History Connect Phone Handset Phonebook Connected Phones Dial Number Calls a phonebook entry saved to the vehicle SAA2524 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow this procedure 1 Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel or the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display Select the Handset Phonebook key on the PHONE menu Select the desired entry from the list Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list 4 88 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Phone Handset Phonebook 8 0 i Yil Geaco t 0 15 n Phonebook Del Phone No 1 4 E xxxx XXXXXXXXXXX SAA2621 5 Select the Call key to start dialing the number There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Handset Phonebook in step 2 above Vehicle Phonebook Select an entry stored in the Vehicle s Phonebook Call History Select an outgoing incoming or missed call downloaded from your cell phone depend ing on your phone s compatibility Dial Number Input the phone number manually using th
304. iation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyright Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It tak latively ti f l sec a i ae pelols If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not Music cuts off or skips at he match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright when playing protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 Compressed Video Files mo
305. igation system Push the satellite band select button to select the satellite radio mode XM1 XM2 or XMS 4 52 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button mass or w to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button ma or w to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN
306. igh enough to cause severe or SAA1066 possibly fatal injuries to people or SAA2793 Rear ventilators animals Models with navigation system Open or close and adjust the air flow direction e Do not use the recirculation mode of ventilators for long periods as it may cause the DJ This symbol indicates that the ventila interior air to become stale and the Status tors are closed windows to fog up Audio OFF This symbol indicates that the ventila Start the engine and operate the heater and air tors are open conditioner system Driver Passenger You can individually set the driver and front passenger side temperature using each tem gt perature control button 75 ok oo00 nua 7 F SAA1520 Models without navigation system 4 28 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems For the models with the color display screen push the STATUS button to display the heater and air conditioner status screen See HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON earlier in this section SAA2040 Temperature control button driver side AUTO automatic air conditioner ON button Qy front defroster button fan speed control dial OFF button lt gt intake air control button MODE manual air flow control button Temperature control button passenger side A C air conditioner ON OFF button et rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW AND
307. ike a name already used the system tells the user then prompts the user for name again Telephone Menu Sy Phonebook if a name lf Delete Entry t List Names fff Transfer Entry ff Help SAA2579 PHONEBOOK REGISTRATION When the cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle module the data stored in the cellular phone such as phonebook outgoing call logs incoming call logs and missed call logs is automatically transferred and registered to the system The availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The copying procedure also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for more infor mation Up to 1 000 phone numbers per registered cellular phone can be stored in the phonebook 4 100 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu Call a name Callback Number Redial SAA2580 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow the procedures below 1 Push the amp button on the steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Speak Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Speak the registered person s name The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available com mands Speak Yes The system acknowledges the command and makes the call 5 Once the call has ended press the amp button on the steering wheel
308. iles or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time RANGE 0000 miles SIC4702 Distance to empty dte miles or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to e f the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momenta rily change the display Instruments and controls 2 23 OUTSIDE TEMP FICY 37 F SIC4703 Outside air temperature ICY F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C i
309. inder and turning it to the rear of the vehicle twice To close the lift gate pull down until it securely locks OPERATING POWER LIFT GATE if so equipped To operate the power lift gate the selector lever must be in the P Park position The power lift gate will not operate if the battery voltage is low SPA2461 Power lift gate main switch The power lift gate operation can be turned on or off by the power lift gate main switch on the instrument panel When the power lift gate main switch is pushed to the OFF position the power operation is not available by the power lift gate switch on the lift gate and lift gate opener switch SPA2439 SPA2462 SPA2463 SPA2440 Power open When the lift gate is fully closed the lift gate will fully open automatically by e pushing the power lift gate switch on the instrument panel e pushing the lift gate opener switch e pushing the power lift gate button on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts opening NOTE The lift gate can be opened by the power lift gate switch A or the lift gate button at even if the lift gate is locked The lift gate will individually unlock and open Once the lift gate is closed its lock will align to the vehicle s lock or unlock status Power close When the lift gate is fully opened the lift gate will fully close aut
310. ing between words e fthe air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized more easily SAA1859 Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK y amp switch located on the steering wheel Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Voice Recognition 4 Phone 4J Navigation Information 4 Audio 4J Help To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2535 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak a command Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Let s Practice earlier in this section 4 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key can display the detailed information of the each command Operating tips Say a command after the tone Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system If the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice Push the BACK button o
311. ing the Button Beeps key with the multi function controller and pushing the ENTER button Button Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button 4 14 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA2486 Display settings models with navigation system The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the Dis play Adjustment key The following settings are available e Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the 6 43 OFF button for more than 2 seconds When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the OFF button e Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness to and the contrast to using the multi function controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual Color Theme Choose the theme co
312. ing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs or PLAY When the DISC AUX or DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX or DISC button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play Menu models with navigation system When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The following menu options are available e Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list e Track List Displays the track list e Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with compressed audio files 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with com pressed audio files 4 54 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Record to Music Box for CD Select to choose specific songs on the CD to record to the Music Box e Title Text Priority for CD Set the priority to CDDB Compact Disc Data Base to acquire track information from the Gracenote Database or set the priority to CD TEXT to acquire the information from CDs e Automatic Recording for CD When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard drive flash memory a
313. intenance Guide 2 To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key 3 Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule 4 To return to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section Engine Oil Maintenance due for Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting SAA3003 Example The Reminder will be automatically displayed when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions e Select the Reset Distance e Deactivate the Reminder e Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked Shows current GPS status SAA2483 Others information models with naviga tion system The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and selecting the Others key GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with naviga tion system
314. ion 12 Door lift gate open warning ignition switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the lift gate are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the display 13 Loose fuel cap warning This warning appears when the fuel filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled See FUEL FILLER CAP in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments sec tion 14 Check tire pressure warning This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illuminates and low tire pressure is detected If this warning appears stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label See Low tire pressure warning light earlier in this section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section 2 20 Instruments and controls 15 TIMER indicator This indicator appears when the set TIMER indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 16 Low outside temperature warning This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section MAINTENANCE Sen OIL EXIT MAINTENANCE FILTER GREXIT MAINTENANCE OTHER
315. ion key Back Return to the previous screen lt gt gt Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected Group Search VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be played Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 switched to another one Select the Angle key The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO
316. ion when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaranteed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVD R DVD R DL Rewritable DVDs DVD RW DVD RW DL Do not use the following CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prere corded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs lf the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc This may be an error due to the tempera ture inside the player being too high Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and af
317. ioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area The child could be seriously injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision CHILD RESTRAINTS 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AAA re eee eee eae Ly ni Ls a SSS0099 A SSS0100 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING e Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and in stallation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision The child restraint must be used and installed properly Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Infants and children should never be held on anyone s lap Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another p
318. ir conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number BACK switch models with navi gation system Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume Source select switch Push the audio source switch to change the mode as follows e Models with navigation system AM FM SAT CD DVD Music Box USB iPod Bluetooth Audio e Models without navigation system AM gt FM gt CD gt Music Box gt USB iPod gt SAT ANTENNA The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling The vehicle is covered with a car Window antenna The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window cover e Always properly tighten the antenna A CAUTION rod during installation Otherwise the antenna rod may break during e Donot place metalized film near the N vehicle operation rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause GD poor reception or noise e When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful not to scratch or SAA2102 damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with Roof antenna a dampened soft cloth Removing the antenna You can remove the antenna if neces
319. iscs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD LHA0484 DVD Digital Versatile Disc player models with navigation system Do not force a compact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player During cold weather or rainy days the player Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35 4 36 may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot funct
320. istance than normal passing Remember the length of the trailer must also pass the other vehicle before you can safely change lanes e Down shift the transmission to a lower gear for engine braking when driving down steep or long hills This will help slow the vehicle without applying the brakes Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently This could cause the brakes to overheat resulting in reduced braking efficiency Increase your following distance to allow for greater stopping distances while towing a trailer Anticipate stops and brake gradually Do not use cruise control while towing a trailer Some states or provinces have specific regulations and speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits Check your hitch trailer wiring harness connections and trailer wheel lug nuts after 50 miles 80 km of travel and at every break When stopped in traffic for long periods of time in hot weather put the vehicle in the P Park position When launching a boat don t allow the water level to go over the exhaust tail pipe or rear bumper Make sure you disconnect the trailer lights before backing the trailer into the water or the trailer lights may burn out When towing a trailer the transmission fluid should be changed more frequently For additional information see the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section earlier in this manual FLAT TOWING Towi
321. ith Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once your cellular phone is paired to the in vehicle phone module no phone connecting procedure is required Your phone is automati cally connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time When a call is active the audio system and microphone located in the ceiling in front of the rearview mirror are used for the handsfree communications If the audio system is being used at the time the audio mode will mute and will stay muted until the active call is ended The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup ports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone
322. ition serious per sonal injury may result in an acci dent or sudden stop Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 SSS0235 Storing rear seat belt buckles Before folding down the seat put the buckles in the storage of the seat cushion to avoid dropping it under the seat cushion SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required WARNING Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with NISSAN seat belts Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a c
323. king Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts For additional information see CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop SSS0326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system restrict further belt movement If the retrac
324. king the steering wheel The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 11 CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when the engine is not run ning for an extended period This can discharge the battery EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds 5 12 Starting and driving KEY PORT SSD0837 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light of the key port A blinks and the indicator appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display See DOT MATRIX LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY in the 2 Instru ments and controls section In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port A allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull the Intelligent Key out of the port NOTE The key port does not charge the key batt
325. ks in the Playlist by selecting from the displayed song list Play Mode models with navigation sys tem Choose the preferred play mode from the following items Normal 1 Album Repeat 1 Track Repeat 1 Playlist Random 1 Artist Random 1 Album Random 1 All Track Random 1 All Random Edit Music Information Displays the following information about the Music Box hard drive flash memory to edit if necessary Edit Information of Current Song mod els with navigation system Edit the Track Artist and Genre in formation of the current track using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN models with navigation system earlier in this section Edit the Mode information by selecting from the list Edit Information by Album models with navigation system Edit the displayed name and of a selected album and the track information in the album Update Gracenote from USB Device models with navigation system Transfer Titles from USB models with out navigation system Update the in vehicle Gracenote Database using a USB memory Search the title from a information acquired on the Internet Visit www nissanusa com gracenote for details 4 74 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Transfer Missing Titles to USB Transfer the information of an album re corded without titles to a USB memory Visit www nissanusa
326. l deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous 1 54 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates Right after inflation several side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of this side air bag and curtain and rollover air bags This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side impact air bag and curtain side impact and rollover air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems Tampering with the supplemental air bag system may result in serious personal injury For example do not
327. layed Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle Select the preferred language for subtitle Display Mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema or Full mode 4 62 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO models with navigation system Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth Streaming Audio If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio A2DP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth device and the in vehicle audio system This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio files using the AVRCP Blue tooth profile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automatically reconnect whenever the device Is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usa
328. ld restraint anchor attach ments to the LATCH lower anchors Check to make sure the LATCH attachment is properly attached to the lower anchors 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0639 Rear facing step 3 For child restraints that are equipped with webbing mounted attachments remove any additional slack from the anchor attach ments Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments SSS0650 Rear facing step 4 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt if applicable Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the child restraint is loose repeat steps 1 through 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint syst
329. le box Type A SIC3653 Console box Type B Instruments and controls 2 41 CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND ASHTRAY if so equipped To use the power outlet pull the cover as contact the outlet illustrated CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery SIC3588 e Avoid using power outlet when the To open the ashtray lid push the lid down and air conditioner headlights or rear release it Q window defroster is on To empty the ashtray pull out 2 e This power outlet is not designed The cigarette lighter operates when the ignition for use with a cigarette lighter unit Ig Ig P w ig switch is in the ON position e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may open Push the lighter in all the way 8 then release it When the lighter is heated it will spring out Return the lighter to its original position after use e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical acces sory being used is turned OFF e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to 2 42 Instruments and controls CAUTION The cigarette lighter socket is
330. le until the tire clears the ground Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire SCE0751 In case of emergency 6 7 SCE0039 Installing the spare tire The spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 6 8 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated 0 more In case of emergency than 2 times until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108
331. leaners They could da mage the electrical conductors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves wh
332. lerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Appearance and care 7 5 Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as 7 6 Appearance and care this may damage them Chemicals used for road su
333. ll operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is dis connected HomeLink will retain all pro gramming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is programmed retain the original transmit ter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information see PRO GRAMMING HomeLink later in this sec tion WARNING e Do not use HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and Instruments and controls 2 57 reverse features as required by 1996 have rolling code protection To pro federal safety standards These gram a garage door opener equipped with standards became effective for rolling code protection you will need to use opener models manufactured after a ladder to get up to the garage door opener April 1 1982 A garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn i oe program button which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these feat
334. lock lever and adjust the steering wheel up or down to the desired position Release the lock lever to lock the steering wheel in place SUN VISORS POSITIONER later in this section SPA2444A ELECTRIC OPERATION Tilt or telescopic operation Move the lever to adjust the steering wheel up or down forward or rearward to the desired position Entry Exit function operation if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system will make the steering wheel move up automatically when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the LOCK position This lets the driver get into and out of the seat more easily For more information see AUTOMATIC DRIVE SIC3451 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 CAUTION e Do not store the main sun visor before storing the extension sun visor e Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor Q 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 3 Draw out the extension sun visor 8 from the main sun visor to block from further glare 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments MIRRORS SPA2447 INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position SPA2143 Manual anti glare type The night position 4 will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind
335. lor of the menu screen from Black Blue or Red Settings gt Display Auto Day Doy Ca C eoms l Backeround Cor CSCS SAA2115 Display settings models without navi gation system The Display screen will appear when pushing the SETTING button on the control panel Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the ON indicator off When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push the e button Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness contrast and back ground color of the screen select the appro priate Brightness Contrast or Background Color key and push the ENTER button You can then adjust the brightness and contrast using the multi function controller Switch the background color to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode by pushing the ENTER button Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 Daylight Savings Time Time Zane Eastern Models with navigation system Settings O OA mo E E A oe E Go i Pook o i om Sd CO Models without navigation system SAA2487 SAA3562 Clock settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushin
336. loth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Forward facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ibs 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Forward facing child restraints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old
337. lower back support to the driver Move the lever 4 up or down to adjust the seatback lumbar area Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery See AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for the seat position memory function 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when SSS1026 the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position SSS1027 Seat lifter if so equipped Push the front or rear end of the switch up or down to adjust the angle of the front portion or height of the seat Safety
338. ls without navigation system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Z e Image Viewer the steering wheel moves to the previous position Slide Driver Seat Back on Exit if so equipped When this item is turned to ON the driver s seat moves backward for easy exit if the ignition switch is in the OFF position and the driver s door is opened After getting into the vehicle and pushing the ignition switch to the ACC position the driver s seat moves to the previous position Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from O 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is per formed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return all settings to the defaul
339. lt in serious vehicle damage or personal injury Due to legal requirements in some states areas or provinces your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emis sion control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Place the ignition switch in the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not blink after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready Contact a NISSAN dealer to set ready condi tion or to prepare the vehicle for testing EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems per formed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynami
340. ly download the vehicle phonebook may be set for up to 1 000 entries This phonebook allows the recording of a name to speak while using voice recognition Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 Settings Edit Vehicle Phonebook 3 m Y l Settings Vehicle Phonebook 3 D il Yil Settings Vehicle Phonebook 3 D i Yil Add New XXXXXXXXXXXX Copy from Call History 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad Number 111 111 1111 2 5 SAA2521 SAA2522 SAA2523 1 Push the PHONE button and select the 3 Choose the method for entering the phone 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name Vehicle Phonebook key book entry For this example select Enter to speak when using the NISSAN Voice R iti 2 Select the Add New key at the top of the pipet ey hey Pae a screen 4 Enter the digits and select the OK key 6 Select the Store key and prepare to speak See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN the name after the tone models with navigation system earlier in this section 7 When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the phonebook entry 8 After the phonebook entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Press the BACK button to return to the Vehicle Phonebook There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options 4 86 Center displ
341. m is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position then back to the ON position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature 5 28 Starting and driving that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction WARNING e The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slip pery surfaces and always drive care fully e Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recom mended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC sys tem may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle hand ling performance and the amp in dicator may flash or both and indicator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extre mely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both amp and amp indicator lights may illuminate If engine con
342. malfunctions while in the power operation a beep sounds for 4 seconds and the seatback will return to the folded position automatically Check if there are any obstacles caught that prevent seats from returning to the folded position See a NISSAN dealer if the beep still sounds CAUTION When operating the rear power seat back return make sure that the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position WARNING e Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold down position In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed e Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any luggage is on the rear seats When folding or returning the seat backs to the upright position to avoid injury to yourself and others Make sure that the seat path is clear before moving the seat Be careful not to allow hands or feet to get caught or pinched in the seat Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause p
343. mation re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See SPECIFICA TIONS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 WARNING The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construc tion bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bum per height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling character istics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimen sions 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself
344. may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisely CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed care fully SIC0697 If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen O If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle 5S 9 Z Wg Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action t t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING WARNING Engine exhaust some of its constitu ents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth d
345. ment Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the se verity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS Your NISSAN is designed for both normal and off road use However avoid driving in deep water or mud as your NISSAN is mainly designed for leisure use unlike a conventional off road vehicle Remember that Two Wheel Drive 2WD mod els are less capable than All Wheel Drive AWD models for rough road driving and extrication when stuck in deep snow mud or the like Please observe the following precautions WARNING Drive carefully when off the road and avoid dangerous areas Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should be seated with their seat b
346. mission control system inspection maintenance test See READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST in the 9 Technical and consumer information Instruments and controls 2 15 section Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system and or CVT mal function has been detected Check the fuel filler cap if the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The 5 light should turn off after a few driving trips If the 4 light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill grades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo 2 16 Instruments and controls being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer CAUTION Continued vehicle operati
347. more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seat back is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or da mages FRONT SEATS Front manual seat adjustment Forward and backward Pull the lever 1 up and hold it while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward pull the lever up and lean your body forward Release the lever to lock the seatback in position SSS0792 The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section Also the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission in the P Park position SSS0793 Seat lifter if so equipped Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 ow SSS0684 Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides
348. n ENTER 2 Phone Y Navigation 4 Information 4 Audio 4 Help To exit hold the TALK switch SAA1859 SAA2535 Example 2 Placing an international callto 2 The system announces Would you like to the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 access Phone Navigation Information or Help 1 Push the TALK y amp switch located on the steering wheel 3 Speak Phone 4 118 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice Recognition Phone Yil Sol 4 Dial Number 4J lehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook J Call Histo International Call To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2536 4 Speak International Call Voice Recognition International Call Y l Voice Recognition International Call Y l 3 011811112223333 j O Say the entire number or groups of J Change Number numbers Say 0 9 pound star or Manual Controls ad Goid plus Please continue or say Dial SAA2541 SAA2542 5 Speak 011811112223333 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 Note Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE COMMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alter nate Command Mode is activated When Alternate Command Mode is activated an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the TALK switch
349. n when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section After adjustment check to be sure the seat is securely locked HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNING Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may pro vide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision SSS1013 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints The head re straints are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint SSS0992 Components 1 Head restraint Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 SSS0997 Adjustment To raise the head restraint pull it up Adjust the
350. n and move the selector lever from the P Park position to any of the desired shift positions WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage CAUTION Use the P Park or R Reverse position only when the vehicle is completely stopped P Park Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selec tor lever from N Neutral or any drive position to P Park Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the selector lever to the P Park position Starting and driving 5 15 R Reverse Use this position to back up Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from P Park N Neutral or any driving position to R Reverse N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to N Neutral and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving
351. n link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for more information The system repeats the number and prompts the user for the next command After entering numbers choose Store The system confirms the name location and number The system then asks if the user would like to store another location for the same name If the user does not wish to store another location the system ends the VR session Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to delete a specific number or all numbers in the phonebook The system announces the names of the phone numbers already stored in the system The system then gives the option to delete a specific number or all numbers Once the user chooses to delete a number or all numbers the system asks the user to confirm Help The system announces the available com mands Telephone Menu 0 00 Pecent Calls 4j tf Incoming ff Redial tf Outgoing ff Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2584 Recent Calls Incoming Use the Incoming command to make a call viewing the list of incoming calls Missed Use the Missed command to make a call viewing the list of missed calls Outgoing Use the Outgoing command to make a call viewing the list of outgoing calls Redial Use the Redial command to dial the last Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103
352. n the Intelligent Key the request switch or the key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button gg onthe Intelligent Key pushing the request switch or using the key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS TEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Cana da Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT Instruments and controls 2 27 a SIC1699A Security indicator light The security indicator light A indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Imm
353. n the range of 22 to 140 F 30 to 60 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill boards 2 24 Instruments and controls SETTING gt MAINTENANCE gt ALERT gt OPTIONS LWaENTER NEXT SIC3678 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the dot matrix crystal display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus ALERT Alert menu can be set to notify the following items e TIMER Select this submenu to specify when the TIMER indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK MAINTENANCE The maintenance intervals of the following items can be set or reset for the reminders e OIL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing th
354. nS ses rererere rererere 5 7 DVD player operation sssssseeeerrerren ren 4 55 E Economy Fuel ers rrer neie aane 5 21 Elapsed UME dectcleseceeceteueseosastudasdieecreas 2 23 Emission control information label 9 10 Emission control system warranty 9 25 Engine Before starting the engine 5 13 Break in schedule 5 20 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants ssssseeee eneee 9 2 Changing engine coolant sssesreses reen 8 8 Changing engine oil and filter 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 65 8 7 Checking engine oil level 0 0ee 8 8 Coolant temperature gauge 00 2 6 Emergency engine shut off 5 12 Engine block heater ceeeeeeees 5 30 Engine compartment check locations 8 6 Engine Cooling System 2 cisehesces cesncavee nice 8 7 Engine ON elon eae pen steams e at 8 8 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil replacement indicator 2 21 Engine oil viscosity ceecee 9 5 Engine serial number 2 0eeeeeeee eee 9 9 Engine specifications 0eeeeeeee eee 9 7 Engine start operation indicator 2 18 If your vehicle overheats asias 6 11 Starting the engine ssssssssrrrrrrrrrrere 5 13 Entry exit function Automatic drive positioner 3 31 Event Data Recorders EDR
355. nate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by a NISSAN dealer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section Instruments and controls 2 11 WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive care fully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a 2 12 Instruments and controls NISSAN dealer immediately CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving
356. nce to return to the previous screen To exit the voice recognition system push and hold the TALK switch The message Voice canceled will be an nounced To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK w switch to interrupt the system Re member to speak after the tone If you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement 4 110 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits O zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this
357. nd release the SET COAST switch Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h 5 20 Starting and driving To resume the preset speed push and release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH 40 km h BREAK IN SCHEDULE CAUTION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and econo my of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear Avoid quick starts Avoid hard braking as much as possible D
358. nd does not indicate a malfunction Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Information Maintenance 5 BACK soe ates deep Bian a Oil Filter Other Reminder Models with navigation system i Information gt Maintenance 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA2481 A Eanos Oil Filter E Tire JE Other Reminder C a Co _ D eo Models without navigation system miles SAA2830 Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be displayed for the engine oil oil filter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information 4 10 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Engine Oil Interval C Comi D 6000 12000 18000 Reminder Reset Distance miles SAA2482 Models with navigation system Li Information gt Engine Oil B Reset Distance Interval OC tne A Reminder 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA3141 Models without navigation system 1 Set the interval mileage of the maintenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your NISSAN Service and Ma
359. ng the correct oil filter Your new NISSAN vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use a genuine NISSAN oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in Change intervals Change intervals The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Using an engine oil and filter other than the specified quality or exceed ing recommended oil and filter change intervals could reduce engine life Damage to the engine caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend Technical and consumer information 9 5 upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e towing a trailer e stop and go commuting Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant
360. ng your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never back ward e DO NOT tow any continuously vari able transmission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmission parts due to lack of transmission lubrication e DO NOT tow an All Wheel Drive AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Doing so Technical and consumer information 9 23 may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain e For emergency towing procedures refer to TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual Continuously Variable Transmission CVT All Wheel Drive AWD models Do not tow an AWD vehicle with any of the wheels on the ground Two Wheel Drive 2WD models To tow a vehicle equipped with a Continuously Variable Transmission CVT an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s driving wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product 9 24 Technical and consumer information UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger
361. nna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes If reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity This wireless hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth technology Frequency 2402 MHz 2480 MHz Output Power 4 14 dBm E I R P Modulation FHSS GFSK 8DPSK m 4DQPSK J Bluetooth Number of Channel 79 This wireless equipment can t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibility of radio interfer ence REGULATORY INFORMATION Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon Corpora tion 4 94 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA1858 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE SEND amp button Push the button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the button to skip through system feedback and to enter commands during a call 2 PHONE END ge button Push the button to cancel a VR session or enda call VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM You can also use the Bluetooth hands free phone system with Voice Recognition System INFO e The available voice commands are only applicable to the relevant language set in the LA
362. not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK indicator light AWD models This light illuminates when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position and turns off within 1 second When selecting the LOCK mode while the engine is running this light will illuminate See ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD in the 5 Starting and driving section Continuously Variable Transmis sion CVT position indicator light When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the automatic selector shift position See CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise indicator light Cruise main switch indicator This light illuminates when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light turns off when the main switch is pushed again When the cruise main switch indicator light illuminates the cruise control system is operational See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise malfunction If the cruise indicator light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section Front passenger air bag status light
363. not supported File Types divx avi Video Codecs DivX3 DivX4 DivX5 DivX6 Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM Resolution 4 44 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio player models with navigation system Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Blue tooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Blue tooth audio player Operating procedure of the Bluetooth audio player will vary depending on the device Make sure it is understood how to operate an audio device before using it with this system The Bluetooth audio player may be stopped under the following conditions Receiving a hands free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption While an audio device Is connected through a Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP Bluetooth is a trademark owned by Blue tooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd J Bluetooth M
364. nt to clear all previously programmed Home Link buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CA NADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand held transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held trans mitter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming Instruments and controls 2 59 NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener com ponents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVER SAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNO SIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e po
365. ntnecs 2 5 Starting Before starting the engine 5 13 Jump starti Girerse e a 6 9 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 Push starting sesse 6 11 Starting the engine ssssssssersrrrrrrrere 5 13 SIATUS DUNO vc pecern coves tiens aai iaeano 4 7 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 50 Steering Heated steering wheel e0eee 2 38 Power Steering fluid iiaii 8 11 Power steering system eeeeeee eee 5 25 Steering lock release malfunction indicator 2 18 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio 4 79 Tilt telescopic steering 0eeeeeeees 3 26 Storage se hessessactonesss csieessa te ssciiadecsenebads 2 43 Storage DON basscecaccesesivesiesssoniadacetautars 2 46 SUN ViISOlSnsctassonesnedddeeteseeeiassaceensdidadens 3 27 Sunglasses holder ic cidcdstceseiatsoneensdidedess 2 44 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 56 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 56 2 14 Supplemental restraint SySteM 0eee eee 1 43 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM ea aa tea eeduerenetuieesue A caw 1 43 Switch All Wheel Drive AWD lock switch 5 22 Autolight switch sses 2 34 Fog light switch 2 36 Hazard warning flasher switch 2 37 Headlight SWICK csccindeeseestaaeeeevoneess 2 33 Overdrive OFF switch sess ess cckdeiewes renn 5 16 Power door lock switch ccseissisvecdsecaiavecces 3 6 Rear win
366. o phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 because of its monitoring range Vehicle width guide lines 5 limitation Indicate the vehicle width when backing up e Donot put anything on the rear view camera The rear view camera is installed above the license plate Predicted course lines 6 Indicate the predicted course when backing up The predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the selector lever is in the R Reverse position and the steering wheel is turned The predicted course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the e When washing the vehicle with high pressure water be sure not to spray it around the camera Other wise water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens a malfunction fire or an steering wheel is in the neutral position electric shock e Do not strike the camera It is a TRT HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTED 1898 COURSE LINES precision instrument Otherwise it may malfunction or cause damage HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED resulting in a fire or an electric LINES A WARNING shock Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with reference to the e Always turn and check that it is safe vehicle body line A are displayed on the to do so before backing up Always A CAUTION monitor back up slowly e Use the displayed lines as a refer Do not scratch the camera lens when
367. o it yourself section of this manual All Wheel Drive AWD model If you install snow tires they must also be the same size brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels Starting and driving 5 29 SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter A scraper and stiff bristled brush to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow drifts Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE WARNING Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction will lose even more traction Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pave ment Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use cruise control on slip pery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow Clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle or grip under these conditions Try to
368. o not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles 800 km Your engine axle or other parts could be damaged INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Driving at high speed lowers fuel economy Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road condi tions Avoid unnecessary engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated to the correct pressure Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Keep the wheels in correct alignment Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ omy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at highway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag Use the recommended viscosity engine oll See ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD if so equipped WARNING For AWD equipped vehicles do not attempt to raise two wheels off the ground and shift the transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine running Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or un expected vehicle mo
369. o performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception 4 34 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO KC is SAA0480 Compact Disc CD player e Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player e Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact d
370. o receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help e Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise e Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc e The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e f reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments co
371. o switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the iPod or play When the DISC AUX or AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is 4 68 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX or AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the multi function controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Now Playing e Playlists e Artists e Albums e Songs e Podcasts e Genres e Composers e Audiobooks e Shuffle Songs The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e menu returns to the previous screen e Pll plays pauses the music selected Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the w or mass button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play spee
372. obilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch was in the ACC OFF and LOCK position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 28 Instruments and controls service as soon as possible Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer
373. ock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational If the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See BRAKE SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section or Brake warning light This light functions for both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See BRAKE FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself sec tion 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illumi
374. of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that 4 106 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s Manual of your vehicle NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to complete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system Settings Others Language amp Units Image Viewer Adjust voice recognition settings SAA2529 Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Settings Voice recognition Change the mode of voice recognition lt lt the mode of voice recognition SAA2530 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode
375. of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following information for each item e Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files e Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables switching to the movie 4 60 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems playback mode e Play Mode Select the preferred play mode Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected on the screen using the multi function controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while a USB memory is being played the music information listed below will be displayed on the screen e Folder title e File title e Song title Album Title e Artist USB 1 1 G000e Ma SAA2503 Movie file operation models with navi gation system Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired k
376. off 4 SAA1989 OPERATING TIPS The sunload sensor A on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To replace the filter contact a NISSAN dealer 4 32 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems The filter should be replaced if air flow is extremely decreased or when windows fog up easily when operating heater or air conditioning system SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN air con ditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning s
377. off Turn the ON OFF VOLUME control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting sound quality Push the Audio control knob to change the selecting mode as follows Bass Treble Fade Balance Speed Sensitive Volume Beep Rotate the Audio control knob to adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers These items can also be adjusted by pushing the AUDIO button e Speed Sensitive Vol Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from HIGH MID LOW or OFF e Beep tuning When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level push the Audio control knob repeatedly until the radio or CD display re appears Otherwise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after about 5 seconds CLOCK adjust Push the CLOCK adjust button for more than 1 5 seconds to turn on the CLOCK display See CLOCK in the 2 Instruments and controls section for the detailed clock adjust ment operation AM FM radio operation radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition swi
378. oice recognition systems 4 51 Switching the display e Models with navigation system Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays as follows iPod USB CD DVD gt Music Box gt Bluetooth Audio gt AUX iPod USB e Models without navigation system Pushing the DISC button will switch the display as follows CD Music Box gt CD Pushing the AUX button will switch the display as follows USB iPod XM1 XM2 gt XM3 USB iPod FM AM SAT radio operation radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM FM1 FM2 AM radio SAT band select models with navigation system Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 XM1 When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception radio SAT band select models without nav
379. omatically by e pushing the power lift gate switch on the instrument panel e pushing the power lift gate switch on the lower part of the lift gate e pushing the lift gate release button on Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second The hazard flashes 4 times and the outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts closing Reverse function The power lift gate will reverse immediately if one of the following actions is performed during power open or power close e pushing the power lift gate switch on the instrument panel e pushing the lift gate switch on the lower part of the lift gate e pushing the lift gate button em on the Intelligent Key The outside chime sounds when the lift gate starts to reverse The power lift gate button mf on the Intelligent Key cannot be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Auto reverse function The auto reverse function enables the lift gate to automatically reverse when something is caught in the lift gate as it is opening or closing When the control unit detects an obstacle the lift gate will reverse and return to the full open or full close position If a second obstacle is detected the lift gate 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments motion will stop and the drive motor will disengage The lift gate will enter the manual mode A pinch sensor is mounted on each side of the lift ga
380. ommand turns from None to Stored Continuous Learning Identify voice data by adding a name SAA2553 Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Resets the user s voice that the voice recogni tion system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting commands one by one Minimize voice feedback for Alternate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Minimize Voice Feedback key re SS The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 129 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see
381. ompressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in quality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality e AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file e Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second e Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multise
382. omputer 3 Speedometer 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge 4 Fuel gauge 9 Odometer twin trip odometer Continuously Vari 5 Warning indicator lights able Transmission CVT position indicator 10 RESET switch for trip odometer 6 Trip computer switch The needle indicators may move slightly 2 4 Instruments and controls SIC3571 Speedometer SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h SIC4699 Odometer twin trip odometer Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer Q and twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 3 on the right side of the combination meter panel changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIP A Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP RESET switch 3 for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero Instruments and controls 2 5 SIC3573 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 1 CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage
383. omy ssssssssresrrsrrerrarra rraren 5 21 Fuel economy information display 4 9 Fuel octane Tati ictecavexc dos exteveerdieececiess 9 3 Fuel recommendation eceeeeeeeeaees 9 3 Fuel filler cap ss cc 3 24 Fuel filler COOr cee cee cence eee ee ennn 3 24 GAG E E E T 2 7 LOOSE FUEL CAP warning lt lt c2 cccscsccwsens 3 26 FUSES esere aAA EA AETERNE 8 20 arole a E E E E 8 20 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal Transceiver oaawnuteevas Sete aricaateees sorte rrn 2 57 Gas CAD acsee esas ecctastusses cet ecena cee eee 3 24 Gauge meene e a cetes tees E E 2 4 Engine coolant temperature gauge 2 6 Fuel GAUGE csnccntesidedeeesiens ceeecsteaacedenses 2 7 Odometer peresa i ainean ARE EE ERARE 2 5 SMCCOOMEIC iets didsdardeeatarcews chs dldedoeess 2 5 Tach m te tncacereeextadssvceteesaetecesdeneee 2 6 Tip COMPUTE cusexaecacgesthtectaucroetennsenwe 2 21 General maintenance ccceee terere errre 8 2 Glove DOK ere coena a E 2 45 H Hands free phone system Bluetooth models with navigation system 000e 4 82 Hands free phone system Bluetooth models without navigation system 4 93 Hazard warning flasher switch 5 2 37 Head KeSW alts soseve ce evere dex a daeeeeSeenen set reeyess 1 9 Headlights Bulb replacement viveece wed scusctaxvraduyeedy 8 25 Headlight SWICitvceceecedceusiuteeeseriecesed 2 33 Xenon headlights v aceeiecveweticiedsrres
384. on A if the object projects over the actual backing up 4 26 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems course HOW TO ADJUST THE SCREEN To adjust the Display ON OFF Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor push the SETTING button with the RearView Monitor on select the item key and adjust the level using the multi function con troller Do not adjust the Brightness Tint Color Contrast and Black Level of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied and the engine is not running The display of the predicted course lines can be set to ON or OFF For details see CAMERA settings earlier in this section OPERATING TIPS e When the selector lever is shifted to the R Reverse position the monitor screen auto matically changes to the RearView Monitor mode e It may take some time until the RearView Monitor or the normal screen is displayed after the selector lever has been shifted to R from another position or to another position from R Objects may be distorted momenta rily until the RearView Monitor screen is displayed completely When the temperature is extremely high or low the screen may not clearly display objects This is not a malfunction When strong light directly enters the cam era objects may not be displayed clearly This is not a malfunction Vertical lines may be se
385. on regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the War ranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing scheduled maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Continuously Variable Transmission CVT P Park position mechanism On a fairly steep hill check that the vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake
386. on without having the emission control system and or CVT system checked and re paired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission con trol system Overdrive off indicator light The overdrive off indicator light illuminates when the overdrive off mode is selected For additional information see CONTINU OUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual Slip indicator light This light will blink when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the VDC system is not operating When the VDC off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the VDC system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the VDC system s fail safe mode is operat ing for example the VDC system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If a malfunction occurs in the system the VDC system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see VEHICLE DY
387. ondition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake fluid level Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that the drive belts are not frayed worn cracked or oily Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level surface and turning off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level when the fluid is cold with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leav
388. onditions can also affect towing For example towing a heavy trailer in high outside temperatures on graded roads can affect engine performance and cause overheat ing The transmission high fluid temperature protection mode which helps reduce the chance of transmission damage could activate and automatically decrease engine power Vehicle speed may decrease under high load Plan your trip carefully to account for trailer and vehicle load weather and road conditions WARNING Overheating can result in reduced en gine power and vehicle speed The reduced speed may be lower than other traffic which could increase the chance of a collision Be especially careful when driving If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed pull to the side of the road in a safe area Allow the engine to cool and return to normal operation See IF YOUR VEHI CLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual CAUTION Vehicle damage resulting from impro per towing procedures are not covered by NISSAN warranties Total trailer load Tongue load in at t Eed x 100 10 to 15 Tongue load Total trailer load ST10542 Tongue load When using a weight carrying or a weight distributing hitch keep the tongue load between 10 to 15 of the total trailer load within the maximum tongue load limits shown in the following Towing Load Specification chart If the tongue load becomes excessive
389. onfirmed the se lected phone remains active until the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position or a new phone is selected Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a specific phone or all phones from Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System The system announces the names of the phones already paired with the system and their priority level The system then gives the option to delete a specific phone all phones or listen to the list again Once the user chooses to delete a phone or all phones the system asks the user to confirm NOTE When the user deletes a phone the associated phone book for that phone will also be deleted e Replace Phone Use the Replace Phone command to change the priority level of the active phone The priority level determines which phone is active when more than one paired Blue tooth phone is in the vehicle The system states the priority level of the active phone and asks for a new priority level 1 2 3 4 5 If the new priority level is already being used for another phone the two phones will swap priority levels For example if the current priority levels are Priority Level 1 Phone A Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone C and you change the priority level of Phone C to Level 1 then Priority Level 1 Phone C Priority Level 2 Phone B Priority Level 3 Phone A e Bluetooth On Off Use the Bluetooth On Off command to turn on off Blu
390. ons for belt routing If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point rear seat installation only See IN STALLING TOP TETHER STRAP later in this section Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor SSS0651 Forward facing step 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended At this time the seat belt retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 SSS0652 Forward facing step 5 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt 6 SSS0653 Forward facing step 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0641 Forward facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from sid
391. oof rails Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous illustrations e When sitting in the rear seat do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat If the side air bag inflates you may be seriously injured Be espe cially careful with children who should always be properly re strained Some examples of danger ous riding positions are shown in the illustrations e Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with 1 48 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front impact air bag modules 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag modules 4 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor 5 Occupant classification system control unit SSS0847 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bags Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators Seat belt pretensioners Satellite sensors Air bag Control Unit ACU Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It
392. open then close the door When locking the door this way be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors push the power door lock 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments switch to the unlock position 2 Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors will be locked automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors will be unlocked automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the gg position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash once 5
393. operating the Tune switch and then push the amp button Once a command is manually selected the voice command function is cancelled To return to voice command mode push the sg button to cancel the current operation and then perform the first procedure of voice command Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 List of voice commands COMMAND Call Dial lt name gt CallDial Redial Call lt number gt Phonebook lt name gt Phonebook List Names Phonebook Transfer Entry Phonebook Delete Entry Connect Phone Software Version Connect Phone Select Phone Connect Phone Delete Phone Connect Phone Bluetooth Off Connect Phone Replace Phone Connect Phone Delete Phone All Phones Connect Phone Delete Phone List Phones Selects a registered cellular phone and deletes it Connect Phone Add Phone Connects a cellular phone to the system 4 98 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 ee ff Call il Connect Phone fff Recent Calls ff Help Enter Manual Mode Exit SAA2575 PAIRING PROCEDURE Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered 1 Push the amp button on the steering wheel The system announces the available com
394. operly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide dangerous It can cause uncon sciousness or death If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the lift gate closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the lift gate open follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the amp air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air If a special body camper or other equipment is added for recreational or other usage follow the manufac turer s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into the vehicle Some recreational vehicle appliances such as stoves refrig erators heaters etc may also gen erate carbon monoxide The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exh
395. or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the amp indicator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may Starting and driving 5 27 determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section If a malfunction occurs in the system the amp and indicator lights come on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the amp indicator will not flash The VDC syste
396. orque 11 to 15 ft lb 14 7 to 20 5 N m Install the plastic cover Clean and re install the drain plug with a new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench Drain plug tightening torque 22 to 29 ft lb 29 to 39 N m Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening and install the oil filler cap securely See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation l Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 2 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly 4X WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANSMISSION CVT FLUID CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 Do not
397. osed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system referred to as the LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil dren system Some child restraints include rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to these anchors For details see Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH System later in this section If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint the vehicle seat belts can be used Several manufacturers offer child restraints for infants and small children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved c
398. osition The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position 2 Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the selector lever to a driving position Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal and then gradually start the vehicle in motion WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or L Low position Always depress the brake pedal until shift ing is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Re verse while vehicle is moving Fail ure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident CAUTION When stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control i VL i 2i tt To 2 H Shifting To move the selector lever m Push the button A while depressing the brake pedal wz Push the button A gt Just move the selector lever After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal push the selector lever butto
399. out navigation system SAA2606 CAMERA settings if so equipped The CAMERA screen will appear when select ing the Camera key For the details about the camera system operation see REARVIEW MONITOR later in this section Predictive Course Lines When this item is turned to ON the predicted course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the selector shift lever is in the R Reverse position Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 Settings Image Viewer 1 Image_1jpg 2 Image_2 pg 3 Image_3 jpg 4 Image_4 jpg 5 Image_5 pg 6 Image_6 jpg Full Screen Display 1 8 SAA2491 Image Viewer models with navigation system The image files in the USB memory will be displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking 4 20 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems brake SAA2492 Full Screen Display The full screen display will
400. oute to your home that is stored in the Address Book Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination e Information Command Displays your current location e Audio Command Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played Turns to the XM Satellite band selecting the channel last played Turns on the Music Box hard drive audio system Starts to play a OD Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 e General Commands Command Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Cancels Voice Recognition 4 114 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Voice command examples To use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function speaking one command is sometimes sufficient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more commands As examples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Voice Recognition 4 Phone Navigation Information Audio Help To exit hold the TALK switch
401. outgoing call Callback Use the Callback command to dial the last incoming call Help The system announces the available com mands Telephone Menu 0 00 j tf Add Phone lf Replace Phone t Select Phone H Bluetooth On Off fff Delete Phone ff Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2585 Connect Phone Add Phone Use the Pair Phone command to connect a compatible phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System When asked to enter a PIN code to connect a Bluetooth cellular phone enter the code 1234 The code is always 1234 regardless of the number of phones connected Up to 5 phones can be connected If the user tries to connect a sixth phone the system announces that the user must first delete one phone or replace an existing phone If 4 104 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems the user tries to connect a phone that has already been connected to the vehicle system the system announces the name that the phone is already using The connecting procedure will then be can celled The Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select a phone of lesser priority when two or more phones connected with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are in the vehicle at the same time The system asks the user to name the phone and confirm the selection Once the selection is c
402. ove in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu 1 51 pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might
403. ow the instructions to register your name 11 The system will announce that voice adapta tion has been completed and the system is ready The voice adaptation mode will stop if e The s button is pressed in voice adaptation mode Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 The vehicle is driven during voice adaptation mode The ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system NISSAN Voice Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See NISSAN VOICE RECOG NITION STANDARD MODE later in this section for details For advanced operation you can use the Alternate Command Mode See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COM MAND MODE later in this section for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK y amp switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number
404. ow tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a Spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors
405. pact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact or rollover collisions In a side impact the curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted In a rollover both curtain and rollover air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short period of time These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See SEAT BELTS earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate
406. position 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into traffic when parked on an incline it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB 2 Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 3 Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves 4 Push the ignition switch to the LOCK position POWER STEERING WARNING If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the steering will not work Steering will be harder to operate The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic pump driven by the engine to assist steering If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you will still have control of the vehicle However much greater steering effort is needed espe cially in sharp turns and at low speeds BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal However greater foot
407. pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help reduce brake wear and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking Starting and driving 5 25 or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident e If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or wh
408. pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so Intelligent Key warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the ve
409. qt 3 3 4 qt 4 3 eo VIRUURIy SAE eva TE Cooling system With reservoir 10 qt 8 1 4 qt 9 4 Pre diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS 2 4 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE Differential gear oil 80W 90 5 Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL 5 80W 90 or API GL 5 Viscosity SAE Transfer oil 80W 90 5 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 6 Brake fluid Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 7 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease 5 NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 8 Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN A C System Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 2 For additional information see ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION later in this section 3 NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil available at a NISSAN dealer 4 Use only Genuine NISSAN
410. r When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain and rollover air bags and pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain and rollover air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally the activated pretensioners must also be re placed The air bag module and pretensioner system should be re placed by a NISSAN dealer The air Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system bag modules and pretensioner sys tem cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag and curtain and rollover air bag systems and pretensioner system should be inspected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of a supple mental air bag or pretensioner sys tems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemen tal air bag and pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal proce dures could cause personal injury 1 97 2 Instruments and controls instrument DANN ences auc cic renevccseemetoredeteeceehamenese 2 2 Meters and gaugeS sssssssesessssssssre
411. r The hitch ball shank should be no more than 1 16 smaller than the hole in the ball mount e The threaded shank of the hitch ball must be long enough to be properly secured to the ball mount There should be at least 2 threads showing beyond the lock washer and nut Sway control device Sudden maneuvers wind gusts and buffeting caused by other vehicles can affect trailer handling Sway control devices may be used to help control these affects If you choose to use one contact a reputable trailer hitch supplier to make sure the sway control device will work with the vehicle hitch trailer and the trailer s brake system Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer for installing and using the sway control device Class hitch Class trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 2 000 Ib 907 kg Class Il hitch Class Il trailer hitch equipment receiver ball mount and hitch ball can be used to tow trailers of a maximum weight of 3 500 Ib 1 588 kg CAUTION Special hitches which include frame reinforcements are required for tow ing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Suitable genuine NISSAN hitches for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles are available at a NISSAN dealer The hitch should not be attached to or affect the operation of the im pact absorbing bumper Do not use axle mounted hitches Do not modify the vehicle exhaust s
412. r button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Operate the temperature control buttons type A or dial type B to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the g fan speed control dial and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the G7 front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance MANUAL OPERATION Fan speed control Turn the gg fan speed control dial to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the intake air control button gt to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light lt gt will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode qv Outside air circulation Push the intake air control button lt gt to change the air circulation from the intake air to the outside air The indicator light lt gt will turn off Automatic air intake control In
413. r lift gate f button is pushed while the lift gate is being opened or closed the lift gate will reverse The power lift gate gaz button 3 cannot be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you can activate the alarm according to the following procedure to call attention 1 Push the PANIC 3p button for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm will sound and the headlights will flash for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops under either of the following conditions e lt has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons is pushed Note the PANIC 3m button should be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK p button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK amp button 1 is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice When the UNLOCK p button 2 is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 Hazard indicator and horn mode Intelligent Key system HAZARD t
414. r water as deep as the wheel hub more frequent maintenance may be required See the maintenance information in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Spinning the front wheels on slip pery surfaces may cause the AWD warning light to flash and the AWD system to automatically switch from the AWD mode to the 2WD mode This could reduce traction Be espe cially careful when towing a trailer AWD models PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the selector lever to the P Park position INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM The Intelligent Key system can operate the ignition switch without taking the Intelligent Key out from your pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in side the vehicle when you leave the Starting and driving 5 9 vehicle 5 10 Starting and driving SSD0436 Operating range for engine start function
415. railer wheel lug nuts every time you attach a trailer to the vehicle e Be certain your rearview mirrors conform to all federal state or local regulations If not install any mirrors required for towing before driving the vehicle e Determine the overall height of the vehicle and trailer so the required clearance is known Trailer towing tips In order to gain skill and an understanding of the vehicle s behavior you should practice turning stopping and backing up in an area which Is free Technical and consumer information 9 21 from traffic Steering stability and braking performance will be somewhat different than under normal driving conditions e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin or lock to prevent the coupler from inadver tently becoming unlatched e Avoid abrupt starts acceleration or stops e Avoid sharp turns or lane changes e Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed Some states or provinces have specific speed limits for vehicles that are towing trailers Obey the local speed limits e When backing up hold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand Move your hand in the direction in which you want the trailer to go Make small corrections and back up slowly If possible have someone guide you when you are backing up Always block the wheels on both vehicle and trailer when parking Parking on a slope is not re
416. rake operation 0 eeeeee 5 18 Waring NOM nieces evexecseieccss iteecetuexss 2 11 Break In schedule 2 acc ivcenoseveecs cue eeemehene es 5 20 Brightness control Display ON OFF DUOM esescuocdensneceena neces 4 7 Instrument panel acces ts cemsenacadon vweednnte 2 36 Bulb check instrument panel 0 2 10 Bulb replacement crc cy vueee cover teereessrecuvearss 8 24 C Cabin air filter nananana eanne 4 32 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB adiG a cssseststecntldadeaeensias 4 82 Cargo COVE istese isaten enan EEEE ENEE 2 47 Cargo floor bOX jccctantecsdsensrtsaeasentaugegicces 2 47 nO gAs sasea nenene AE 2 57 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 2 CD CF USB memory care and cleaning 4 78 Center multi function control panel 4 2 Child TEStralntSce ctterrcetece vest esserreecetieeees 1 26 Booster seats i e 1 40 LATCH system scns1ccsxcordeseccaratatterereds 1 28 Precautions on child restraints 1 26 Child safety nunnan nunne ennnen ennen nrn Child safety rear door loCk 0cccceeeeeeeeeees Chimes Audible reminders 00e0eeeees Cigarette lighter and ashtray Circuit breaker Fusible link ceeeeeees Cleaning exterior and interior ClOCK a shes Seo E A E E sneereae snes Goat hooks ciere E T ET Cold weather driving iaiixtse0cees cwteneseceesxese Compact Disc CD changer See audio system
417. rated table of contents 0 9 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS oan light g AWD All Wheel Drive AWD LOCK 9 15 indicator light AWD models Continuously Variable Trans Anti lock Braking System mission CVT position indicator ABS warning light light RUISE Cruise indicator light 2 15 Bake warmina ligh na Front passenger air bag status g light ka ae 2 15 Ig High beam indicator light 2 15 Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning Low beam indicator light 2 15 TA ight Malfunction Indicator Light MIL 2 15 ES Intelligent Key warning light N Ol Overdrive off indicator light 2 16 Low tire pressure warning light 2 Slip indicator light 2 16 Master warning light 2 Turn signal hazard indicator OD iaht 2 16 Seat belt warning light 2 ihe amp Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC Supplemental air bag warning OFF off indicator light 2 16 light if so equipped 0 10 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system ONS eed egies cade insane PE O E E PEETA 1 2 Front Seals canttarcnsudsecweaesnmateseneedactatoncenatttese 1 3 Rear Seala errekeri nin erR 1 6 Head restraints indsicscivecsesacdawanecnadecsccsasscdeaaeennas 1 9 Adjustable headrest ccccccceeeseeeeeeeeeeeaaes 1 12 PSS ese cteweemeeenecaane teterneneneeeencaiane Petacmereeres 1 14 Seat bells apse cre ets ct anne see RaO ENNEN EEA 1 15 Precautions on seat belt usage
418. rce The module con verter must draw no more than 15 milllamps from the stop and tail lamp circuits Using a module converter that exceeds these power requirements may damage the vehicle s electrical system See a reputable trailer dealer to obtain the proper equipment and to have it installed Trailer lights should comply with federal and or local regulations For assistance in hooking up trailer lights contact a NISSAN dealer or reputable trailer dealer Trailer brakes If your trailer is equipped with a braking system make sure it conforms to federal and or local regulations and that it is properly installed WARNING Never connect a trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system Pre towing tips e Be certain your vehicle maintains a level position when a loaded or unloaded trailer is hitched Do not drive the vehicle if it has an abnormal nose up or nose down condition check for improper tongue load overload worn suspension or other possible causes of either condition e Always secure items in the trailer to prevent load shift while driving e Keep the cargo load as low as possible in the trailer to keep the trailer center of gravity low e Load the trailer so approximately 60 of the trailer load is in the front half and 40 is in the back half Also make sure the load is balanced side to side e Check your hitch trailer tire pressure vehicle tire pressure trailer light operation and t
419. rd rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth audio device connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the Bluetooth audio device is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth audio mode Track Pl M47 Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the gt or mas button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio device will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the gt or 44 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the Blue tooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Bluetooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM To change the play mode push the button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal Shuffle All Tr
420. re driving checks and adjustments 3 29 SPA2319 OUTSIDE MIRRORS WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror 4 then adjust using the control switch 2 Defrosting outside mirrors if so equipped The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated SPA1829 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle SIC2064 VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER if so equipped The automatic drive positioner system has two features e Entry exit function e Memory storage ENTRY EXIT FUNCTION This system is designed so that the driver s seat and steering column will automatically move when the selector lever is in the P Park position This allows the driver to get into and out of the driver s seat more easily
421. rely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop lights tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires should be rotated every 7 500 miles 12 000 km Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional informati
422. rface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maintenance requirement 2 scceeeee cece tence eens 8 2 Scheduled Maintenance viccecscssscsencednaiasancesnianare 8 2 General maintenance 0 seceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 8 2 Where to 90 fOr SOrvViGG 2s c ccnicisesceestaecenen dense 8 2 General maintenance ecceeee cece e eee ee eens teens 8 2 Explanation of maintenance itemS 0 8 2 Maintenance precautions sceeeeeeeeee renee tenes 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 00 8 6 VOS5SDE engine scosissisnnssenaceercieesansanasreaneredansse 8 6 Engine cooling SYSlGM cicrcezescswttecdenen gisciebosdeneiecsues 8 7 Checking engine coolant level 8 7 Changing engine Coolant ccceeeeeeeeeee tees 8 8 NOMIC OW ceeiee a toece cece reeeccuen esiecamanpisensnctenssetene 8 8 Checking engine oil level c eeeeeee eect ees 8 8 Changing engine oil and filter 2 ceeee eee 8 8 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT fluid 8 11 Power steering fluid eeceeeee
423. rk or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions Push the ignition switch to the ON position Depress the brake pedal and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position e f the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restart ing depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine Starts e f the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank Starting and driving 5 13 the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the s
424. rmal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Do not stop the engine Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time In case of emergency 6 11 6 After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir tank with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir tank if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at a NISSAN dealer 6 12 Incase of emergency TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck CAUTION e When towing make sure that the
425. rn on the wipers and adjust the wiper speed depending on the rainfall and the vehicle speed by using the rain sensor located on the upper part of the windshield To set the rain sensing auto wiper system push the lever down to the AUTO position The wiper will sweep once while the ignition switch is in the ON position The rain sensor sensitivity level can be adjusted by turning the knob toward the front High or toward the rear 3 Low 2 30 Instruments and controls around it when the wiper switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position The wipers may operate unexpectedly and cause to an injury or a wiper damage The rain sensing auto wipers are in tended for use during rain If the switch is left in the AUTO position the wipers may operate unexpectedly when dirt fingerprints oil film or insects are stuck on or around the sensor The wipers may also operate when exhaust gas or moisture affect the rain sensor When the windshield glass is coated with water repellent the speed of the rain sensing auto wipers may be higher even though the amount of the rainfall is small Be sure to turn off the rain sensing 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for wiper blade replacement REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH and water 4 amp WARNING If the rear window wiper operation is In freezing temperatures the washer interrupted by snow or ice the wiper may solution may
426. rning appears on the display and the outside chime sounds continuously 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WARNING The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and commu nication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored for a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors and the lift gate activate the panic alarm and open the windows and lift gate if so equipped by pushing the buttons on the Intelligent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer The lock and unlock buttons will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is discharged After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating
427. rning light is lit and the CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instru ments and controls section and TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible W
428. rrrrrrnrrerne 2 4 Speedometer and odometer cceeeeeeeeeeeenes 2 5 TAC OMMIG Cl E A E E A E A T 2 6 Engine coolant temperature gauge eceecccccn 2 6 PAG OE oean E E tte essen eerece 2 7 Compass if so CQUIDPEd cceceeeceeeceseeeeeeenees 2 7 Zone variation change procedure 0 0 2 9 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 10 CHECKING DUDS lt 2 cases ticvcavcssssdeusacenieteseseeaioes 2 10 Waming NGS eet ertencetceorsaeeeiacneeecaeeeesveues 2 10 PCG WO MOUS esai 2 15 Audible reminders cai wieiccdien ccadarccenadeadecmsueahees 2 17 Dot matrix liquid CryStal CISDIAY sea etcccnecvecmacceqienndes 2 17 Indicators for operation s sssssssssssesererrrrrrren 2 18 Indicators for MaintenancCe cceeeeeeeeee eee 2 21 Trip COMPUTE apeeteents etme ae ee meen eee ree eer 2 21 SCC UNILY SYSTEMS see ccta un adtanceeunccanneseeeedceuanssuasines 2 26 Vehicle Security System if so equipped 2 26 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 27 Windshield wiper and washer switch s ssssesessss 2 28 Rain sensing auto wiper system if so equipped ccs ccarneaswetesiacdessdacedeatenSionaceds 2 30 Rear window wiper and washer switch 5 2 31 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch 2 32 Headlight and turn signal switch 0eeeee 2 33 Xenon headlights if so equipped 0s0ees 2 33 Headlight SWIG xeacencescietarvusecotesece
429. rry the Intelligent Key with you you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch A or the lift gate request switch within the range of opera tion When you lock or unlock the doors or the lift gate the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirma tion For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Locking doors 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 Close all the doors and the lift gate 2 3 Push the door handle request switch A or lift gate request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors and the lift gate will lock The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door including the lift gate is open 3 Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key Unlocking doors 1 Push the door handle request switch A or the lift gate request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The
430. s 1 12 Advanced air bag system ssseseerereerern 1 49 Air bag system Advanced air bag system 00 1 49 Front passenger air bag and status light Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system 1 53 Roof mounted curtain side impact and rollover supplemental air bag system 1 53 Air bag warning label Scsceevid dee elie veveeveteres 1 56 Air bag warning light cs ccicevsdercwvaxey eed 1 56 2 14 Air cleaner housing filter eeeee eee 8 16 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 0000 4 28 Air conditioner Service 2 0eeeeeeees 4 32 Air conditioner specification label 9 10 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations 4 32 9 6 In cabin microfilter 4 32 Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security system 0eeeeees 2 27 Alcohol drugs and GuvinGrcerssuscvceceeseereeceees 5 7 All wheel drive AWD 0cccccceeeeeeeeeeees 5 21 All wheel drive AWD warning light 2 10 ANMIGNNG edscon2sccccueewsasiaeuieepsscntadseetauiase 4 81 Anti lock Braking System ABS 005 5 26 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 11 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care s ieee 7 2 Interior appearance Care cee eee eee 7 4 Armrest sos lt 5ecenneds sent inttiges ceeresasereieeaes 1 14 Ashtray See cigarette lighter and ashtray
431. s a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condi tion is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in spark knock after run and or overheating which may cause excessive fuel consumption or engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information damage If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is nota cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load CAUTION e Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel in a vehicle not specifically designed for E 85 fuel can damage fuel system components and is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty e E 85 is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline e U S government regulations require ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate per centage for that region FO
432. s and supplemental restraint system SSS0997 Adjustment Adjust the headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears To raise the headrest pull it up SSS0993 SSS0994 To lower push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 13 SSS0995 Removal Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable headrests s 2 D Pull the headrest up to the highest position Push and hold the lock knob Remove the headrest from the seat Store the headrest properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Install and properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating posi tion SSS0996 Install 1 Align the headrest stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the headrest is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches must be in stalled in the hole with the lock knob Push and hold the lock knob and push the headrest down Properly adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0229A ARMREST Rear armrest Pull the armrest forward until it is horizontal SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of bein
433. s are added to your vehicle the memory storage procedure to switch 1 or 2 and linking Intelligent Key procedure to a stored memory position should be per formed again for each Intelligent Key For additional Intelligent Key information see KEYS earlier in this section Selecting the memorized position 1 Move the selector lever to the P Park position 2 Use one of the following methods to move the driver s seat the outside mirrors and the steering wheel e Push the ignition switch to the ON position and push the memory switch 1 or 2 e Within 45 seconds of opening the driver s door push the memory switch 1 or 2 The drivers seat steering column and outside mirrors will move to the memorized position with the indicator light flashing and then the light will stay on for approximately 5 seconds SYSTEM OPERATION The automatic drive positioner system will not work or will stop operating under the following conditions When the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h entry exit function When the vehicle is driven memory sto rage When the adjusting switch for the driver s seat and steering column is turned on while the automatic drive positioner is operating When the seat steering column and outside mirrors have already been moved to the memorized position When no position is stored in the memory switch When the engine is started while moving the automatic drive positioner When the s
434. s on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the War ranty Information Booklet Care of wheels e Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter Spare tire When a spare tire is mounted TEMPORARY USE ONLY or conventional the TPMS will not function Observe the following precautions if the TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident WARNING The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire at the first opportunity to avoid possible tire or differential damage Drive carefully while the TEMPOR ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire infla tion pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kP
435. s such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material The child restraint will not be secured prop erly if the lower anchors are ob structed 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0637 LATCH lower anchor location LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seatback A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH anchors SSS0643 LATCH webbing mounted attachment Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that can be connected to anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle With this system you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with LATCH This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer SSS0644 LATCH rigid attachment The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts See Top tether anchor for installation instruc tions When installing a child restraint carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0822 Top tether anchor
436. sariess 4 26 WOMIAI ONS E E E E 4 27 Heater and air conditioner sssssrsrrsrsssssseseses 4 28 Automatic operation sssssssssrererrrrrrrreresen 4 30 Manual operation icc ccc 4 31 To turn the system ON OFF ccceeeeeeeeee es 4 32 Operating Ups xsansvasantevetaetenesscxcscsoneeiseccsnesoes 4 32 Incapin MIC FONG at tasceencteaeetentoeneiartesescceaete 4 32 Servicing air conditioner sscicrarisevsinterererenveransas 4 32 Audio SySle Mi essnsioriisaiiiincns r auni 4 33 Audio operation precautions ccceeeeee eee 4 33 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD CHAN OOK cece access sieesee cet acee te esanseeeaetenscnat 4 46 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD 0 Eis eee ee eee eee eee eer eee ee 4 51 DVD Digital Versatile Disc player operation models with navigation system sseseeeee ees 4 55 USB memory operation if so equipped 4 58 Bluetooth streaming audio models with navigation system ssseeeeee ees 4 62 iPod player operation if so equipped 4 67 Music Box if So equipped eceeeeeeeeeeees 4 69 Auxiliary input jacks if so equipped 6 4 77 CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning 4 78 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio 4 79 PAILS E E E T 4 81 Car phone OF CB PadlOsyisisantincadedvandenainebnadetvensder 4 82 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system csceseeeeeeeeeees 4 82
437. sary Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclockwise CAUTION e To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna be sure to remove the antenna under the following condi tions The vehicle enters an automatic car wash Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recom mended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Ifa conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as r
438. screen operation With this system the same operations as those for the multi function controller are possible using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area 1 on the screen Touch the BACK button to return to the previous screen Settings Volume amp Beeps ey Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call Use volume knob to adjust during playback SAA2474 Adjusting an item Touch the or button to adjust the settings Touch the A or button to move to the previous or next item Touch the or button to move to the previous or next page O MM Full Gece Phone Phonebook SAA2475 Inputting characters Touch the letter or number Q There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen wi
439. side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front occupants Curtain and rollover air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bags Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain and rollover air bags wil
440. sioner system may result in serious perso nal injury e Work around and on the preten sioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Un authorized electrical test equipment Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of a preten sioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct preten sioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner activates smoke is re leased and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to 1 9
441. sition the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the Home Link surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 2 60 Instruments and controls 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not programmed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Home Linke BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transcei ver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first
442. sor Advanced Air Bag System P 1 49 SSI0372B 0 2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT 1 Hood P 3 19 2 Headlight and turn signal lights Switch operation P 2 33 Bulb replacement P 8 25 SS10804 Windshield wiper and washer Switch operation P 2 28 Rain sensing auto wiper system P 2 30 Blade replacement P 8 1 7 Window washer fluid P 8 12 Roof rack rail P 2 49 oo a or OD 11 12 13 14 Moonroof P 2 53 Power windows P 2 50 Recovery hook P 6 15 License plate installation P 9 11 Fog lights Switch operation P 2 36 Bulb replacement P 8 27 Tires Wheel and tires P 8 30 P 9 7 Flat tire 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 2 12 P 5 3 Outside mirrors P 3 30 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 7 Security system P 2 26 Child safety rear door lock P 3 7 Fuel filler door Operation P 3 24 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 if so equipped Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR REAR if so equipped SS10813 1 Lift gate P 3 19 4 High mounted stop light Remote keyless entry system P 3 15 Bulb replacement P 8 27 Intelligent Key system P 3 7 5 Antenna P 4 81 2 Rear window wiper and washer Satellite radio antenna P 4 34 Switch operation P 2 31 6 Rear view camera P 4 21
443. sor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact NISSAN or a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact NISSAN Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause Irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front
444. splayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the follow ing procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode 4 120 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Command List key Information Command List Information Command List Navigation Commands T Dial Number Information Commands Vehicle Phonebook Audio Commands Handset Phonebook Helo d International Call a Incoming Calls Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2545 SAA2546 5 Select a category from the list 6 Select an item 7 lf necessary scroll the screen using the multi function controller to view the entire list 8 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 Command List Phone Commands Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing
445. ssion e ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bit rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Album Artist Track title line on the display Windows and Windows Media are regis tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America 4 38 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems and or other countries ROOT FOLDER Folder Audio file SAA2494 Playback order The folder names of folders not containing compressed audio files are not shown in the display lf there is a file in the top level of a disc USB Root Folder is displayed The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated in the next figure Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 Specification chart for FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD changer Supported media CD CD R CD RW CD CD R CD RW ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supporte
446. stem malfunctions it will cancel automatically The CRUISE in dicator light on the meter panel will then blink to warn the driver e If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will cancel automatically e If the CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer e The CRUISE indicator light may blink when SPA2331 To apply Fully depress the parking brake pedal the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL switch To prop To release erly set the cruise control system perform i 2 Firmly apply the foot brake the following procedures Depress the parking brake pedal 4 and A WARNING the parking brake will be released Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident Teas Wf a ON OFF 4 5 SSD0694 RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed betw
447. system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session Help The system announces the available com mands 4 102 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Telephone Menu 0 00 E Phonebook 4j iif a name ff Delete Entry fff List Names fff Transfer Entry ff Help Enter Manual Mode Go Back SAA2583 Phonebook a name Use the name command to seek the name and locations registered in the phonebook in alphabetical order When the system ac knowledges the alphabet the user spoke the system announces all registered names and locations beginning with that alphabet Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session List Names Use the List Names command to hear the names and locations registered in the phonebook When the system acknowl edges the command the system announces all voicetags registered in the system Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pressing a button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to transfer the phonebook data stored in a cellular phone to the system The system acknowledges the command and asks the user to initiate a transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via a Bluetooth communicatio
448. t 4 18 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Select Language Select Units SAA2490 Models with navigation system Settings gt Language Units Kl seama O fsm SSSSCSC C J o o jy Booo A S O SAA1092 Models without navigation system Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key and then selecting the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose English Fran ais or Espanol for your favorite display appearance If you select the Frangais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owner s Manual To obtain a French Owners Manual see OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Voice Recognition settings models with navigation system For details about the Voice Recognition settings see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section Settings Camera Display of predictive course line Models with navigation system SAA2404 Settings gt Camera Models with
449. t Phone key The system is searching for your phone Using your handset look for a Bluetooth device called MY CAR When requested by the handset enter the PIN 1234 Exiting screen cancels search Cancel SAA2520 When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Bluetooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing NISSAN recom mended cellular phones When the connection process is completed the screen will return to the Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push PHONE button and select the Connected Phones key The registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently connected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system VEHICLE PHONEBOOK This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire cell phone s phonebook into the Handset Phonebook For the details about downloading a phonebook see PHONE SETTING later in this section If a phonebook does not auto matical
450. t and off road driving precautions 5 6 OT 1OAG TS COVEN Y cen scienrsdanworauncanantesatmeeigeperasananis 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS ccceceeeeeeeneeeeeaee eens 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving 5 7 Driving safety precautions 0ceeeee eee eens 5 7 Push button ignition SWItCh cc cece eee ee eee e eens 5 9 intelligent Key SYSTOM s 2 0 avsccsecevecaceaeaesersonssakae 5 9 Push button ignition switch operation 5 11 Push button ignition switch positions 5 11 Emergency engine shut Off csceeeeeeee eee 5 12 KOV DOM cue sisatescccesdaavineet dena addcesadastinensscanse de 5 12 Intelligent Key battery discharge 0060 5 12 Before starting the engine ssssssssssssseserrrrrrrrrrn 5 13 Staring the ENG ING snevexsestentateapesansamieenaeruetensas se 5 13 Driving the vehicle canes Hi ces tcceeeneceseetewenetecncenese ey 5 14 Continuously Variable Transmission CVT 5 14 PAPI Drake x cetecud set oneaaciteesee deexceeetcancateecueses 5 18 CAUSE CONUG cstria shanceranccsanesiakuwiancademersewsianne 5 18 Precautions on cruise CONMINON eines stscevexeceeninaxcas 5 18 Cruise control operations eeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 19 Breakin SCNGOUIG ccc coecre atecactosviccetesedextineccteyece st 5 20 Increasing fuel economy ccee cece eee renee ees 5 21 All Wheel Drive AWD if so equipped 5 5 21 All Wheel Drive
451. t belt tongue must be securely latched for proper seat belt opera tion SSS0241 WARNING Always fasten the connector tongue and the seat belt in the order shown Always make sure both the connec tor tongue and the seat belt tongue are secured when using the seat belt or installing a child restraint Do not use the seat belt or child restraint with only the seat belt tongue attached This could result in serious personal injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop SSS0703 The center seat belt buckle and the tongue are identified by the CENTER mark The center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the center seat belt buckle Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 Stowing rear center seat belt in the correct position serious per sonal injury may result in an acci When folding down the rear seat the rear center dent or sudden stop seat belt can be retracted into a stowed position as follows 1 Hold the connector tongue 1 so that the seat belt does not retract suddenly when the tongue is released from the connector buckle Release the connector tongue by inserting a suitable tool such as key A into the connector buckle 2 Insert the seat belt tongue into the retractor base first 2 3 Then secure the connector tongue into the retractor base 3 WARNING e Do not unfasten the rear center seat belt connector except when folding down the rear seat e W
452. t load is carried on the roof rack Heavy loading of the roof rack has the potential to affect the vehicle stability and handling during sud den or unusual handling maneuvers e Roof rack load should be evenly distributed e Do not exceed maximum roof rack load weight capacity e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury CAUTION Use care when placing or removing items from the roof rack If you cannot comfortably lift the items onto the roof Instruments and controls 2 49 rack from the ground use a ladder or stool SIC3505 COAT HOOKS The coat hooks are equipped beside the rear personal lights CAUTION Do not place items which are more than 2 Ib 1 kg on the hook 2 50 Instruments and controls WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the win dow lock switch to prevent unex pected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols and become trapped in the window Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition swi
453. t must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE OIL SDI2174 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 10 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range A If the oil level is below remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill G 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions CAUTION Oil level should be checked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not cov ered by the warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Change the engine oil and filter according to the maintenance log shown in the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Start the engine and let it idle until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a sui
454. t or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle e Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broad casting station e When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the ba
455. t required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when re commended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress e _ ie a SDI1662 CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7 500 miles 12 000 km See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for tire replacing procedures As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tigh tened to the specification at all
456. t using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a forward facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint or headrest to obtain the correct child restraint fit If the head restraint or headrest is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint or headrest when the child restraint is removed See HEAD RE STRAINTS earlier in this section or AD JUSTABLE HEADREST earlier in this section for head restraint or headrest adjustment removal and installation informa tion If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint or headrest and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit try another seating position or a different child restraint SSS0360B Forward facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructi
457. table floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack up points e A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and sup port points are used to avoid vehicle damage MANO nY N SDI2175 SDI2355 Engine oil and filter 1 Place a large drain pan under the drain plug 2 Remove the oil filler cap 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench and completely drain the oil Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 CAUTION Be careful not to burn yourself as the engine oil is hot e Waste oil must be disposed of properly e Check your local regulations Perform steps 4 to 9 when the engine oil filter change is needed 4 Remove the plastic cover over the oil filter location by removing the small plastic clips as illustrated Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface with a clean rag CAUTION Be sure to remove any old gasket material remaining on the mounting surface of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage 7 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean engine oil 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 10 11 12 13 Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight resistance is felt then tighten additionally more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening t
458. tarter could be damaged 4 Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to Start 5 To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position 5 14 Starting and driving DRIVING THE VEHICLE CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS MISSION CVT The Continuously Variable Transmission CVT in your vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum power and smooth operation The recommended operating procedures for this transmission are shown on the following pages Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Engine power may be automatically re duced to protect the CVT if the engine speed increases quickly when driving on slippery roads or while being tested on some dynamometers Starting the vehicle 1 After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the selector lever out of the P Park position This CVT is designed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any driving position while the ignition switch is in the ON p
459. tch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station channel played will also come on when the ON OFF VOL control knob is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning Turn the TUNE FOLDER knob for manual tuning SEEK tuning Push the SEEK CAT or TRACK button mas or wap to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 for FM1 6 for FM2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems
460. tch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled SIC3283A Main power window switch driver s side Driver side window Front passenger side window Rear right passenger side window Window lock button To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows 1 2 3 Rear left passenger side window 4 5 Locking passengers windows When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel SIC3241 Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it Instruments and controls 2 51 Automatic operation for front door win dows To fully open or close the window completely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released 2 52 Instruments and controls Auto reverse function WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed
461. te If an obstacle is detected by the pinch sensor during power close the lift gate will reverse and return to the full open position immediately NOTE If the pinch sensor is damaged or removed the power close function will not operate WARNING There is a small distance immediately before the closed position that cannot be detected Make sure that all passen gers keep their hands etc clear from the lift gate opening before closing the lift gate Manual mode If power operation is not available the lift gate can be operated manually Power operation may not be available if multiple obstacles have been detected in a single power cycle or if the battery voltage is low When the power lift gate main switch is in the OFF position the lift gate can be opened manually by pushing the lift gate opener switch If the power lift gate opener switch is pushed during power open or close the power operation will be canceled and the lift gate can be operated manually SPA2464 Safe Mode If the gas stays of the lift gate lose pressure the power lift gate safe mode is activated When the safe mode is activated the lift gate intermittently closes Then the lift gate will be pulled to the closed and latched position by a motor The power lift gate cannot be opened using the switches at any time in the safe mode Do not operate the lift gate again until it is checked by a NISSAN dealer CAUTION e If the power
462. tems from the displayed video You may also use the multifunction controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the multifunction controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed menus il PAUSE Select the m key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key P Par Select the gt key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD CI STOP Select the ma key to stop playing the DVD CTENI Next Previous Chapter Select the p gt or e4 key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of times this key is selected gt Commercial Skip This function is only for DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the p or lt q key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD Settings menu Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instructions on the disc Angle Mark SAA2498 Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed o Move the cursor to select a DVD menu Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operat
463. tents SS10805 Steering wheel mounted controls left side Audio control P 4 79 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control models with navigation system P 4 82 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System control models without navigation system P 4 93 Meters and gauges P 2 4 10 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 Steering wheel Horn P 2 37 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 43 Power steering system P 5 25 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 18 Wiper and washer switch P 2 28 Push button ignition switch P 5 9 12 13 Center ventilator P 4 27 Center display Center color display P 4 2 Navigation system Heater air conditioner control or Center multi function control panel P 4 2 Navigation system Vehicle information and setting buttons P 4 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 37 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 43 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch P 2 41 5 27 Hood release handle P 3 19 Power lift gate main switch P 3 19 Power seatback switch P 1 6 Fuse box cover P 8 21 Parking brake P 5 18 Tilting telescopic steering wheel lever or switch P 3 26 Intelligent Key port P 5 12 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 kk Audio system P 4 33 Clock P 2 40 Heated seat switch P 2 38 Selector l
464. ter a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local dealership Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DivX type Region Invalid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertain ment system The region code A is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other right holders is adopted for this system This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued e Modifying or disassembling is prohibited e Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc e DTS and DTS 2 0 dts are registered trademarks of DTS Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played
465. ternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch SAA1859 SAA2548 Giving voice command 2 A list of commands appears on the screen 1 Push and release the TALK switch and the system announces Please say a command located on the steering wheel 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak a command Operating tips e Voice commands cannot be accepted when the icon is e The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the steering wheel e f the command is not recognized the 4 126 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e f you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK y amp switch for 1 second The message Voice canceled will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK w switch to interrupt the system Re member to speak after the tone e lf you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following
466. tether an chor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that con tacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision SIC3596 LUGGAGE HOOKS WARNING Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured Use the suitable ropes and hooks e Unsecured cargo can become dan gerous in an accident or sudden stop CAUTION Do not apply a total load of more than 22 Ib 10 kg or 7 Ib 3 kg toa single hook SIC3597 ROOF RACK if so equipped Always distribute the luggage evenly on the roof rack Do not load more than 165 Ib 75 kg black or 220 Ib 100 kg silver on the roof rails Observe the maximum load limit shown on the crossbars or roof carriers when you attach them on the roof rails Contact a NISSAN dealer for crossbar or other equipment information Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or its Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR front and rear The GVWR and GAWR are located on the F M V S S or C V M S S certification label lo cated on the driver s door pillar For more information regarding GVWR and GAWR see VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section WARNING Drive extra carefully when the vehi cle is loaded at or near the cargo carrying capacity especially if the Significant portion of tha
467. th a new fuse Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 How to remove the extended storage switch 1 To remove the extended storage switch be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position 2 Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position Remove the fuse box cover 4 Pinch the locking tabs 4 found on each side of the storage switch 5 Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts SDI2135 Replace the battery as follows E 2 Remove the mechanical key from the key Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing 3 Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equivalent Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity Make sure that the side faces the bottom case SDI1889 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely closed 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice
468. th navigation system Gracenote Database Version models without navigation system The version of the built in Gracenote Database is displayed Gracenote NOTE e The information contained in the Gracenote Database is not fully guar anteed e The service of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance gracenote End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusiclD Terms of Use This application or device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this appli cation to perform disc and or file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Grace note Data from online servers or embedded databases collectively Gracenote Servers Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this application or device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace note Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GR
469. th water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 a SAA1860 MENU OPTIONS models with naviga tion system The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed push and hold the menu control switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it Menu Options or O SAA2476 Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SET TING button 4 6 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Comfort atorerormmnsien Cem noros Co II I gt Adjust head lamp on time after shut off Esatings gt Comin SD eh ee Ty TiN Avtonerorluninaton On e F comser ODI OF Til imore OCF Jif Speca Sensing wperrina C D F Ef Sstecive Dorm Co F Down Cabin lighting when unlocking ddorsP lt SAA3149
470. the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the signals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radi
471. the cargo area hidden from the outside To use the cargo cover pull it out and hang both sides on the hooks 4 Instruments and controls 2 47 To use the sub cover hang the straps on the back of the headrest To stow the cargo cover remove it from the hooks and hold until it is retracted To remove the cargo cover stow the cover and pull the left side of the holder to the opposite side 3 WARNING e Never put anything on the cargo cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop e Close the cargo cover when folding the rear seat e Do not leave the cargo cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder e Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury e Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child 2 48 Instruments and controls restraint top tether strap is da maged If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is at tached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment loca tion If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top
472. the following points in mind Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system LRS0453 Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat 1 is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat should be used If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures LRS0464 All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Booster seat installation CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR mode when using
473. the sunshade and moonroof will open or close To stop the sunshades or moonroof during the Instruments and controls 2 53 operation push either of the OPEN 4 CLOSE 2 or UP of the switch Tilting moonroof To tilt up the moonroof push the moonroof switch to the up position To tilt down the moonroof push the switch to the up position 6 or push the CLOSE side 2 of the switch When the moonroof is tilted up push the CLOSE side of the moonroof switch to the second detent The moonroof will tilt down and the sunshades will close Auto reverse function WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the moonroof If the control unit detects something caught in the moonroof and sunshades when they are closing the moonroof will be immediately opened 2 54 Instruments and controls The auto reverse function can be activated when the moonroof and sunshades are closed by automatic operation when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the moonroof and sunshades cannot be closed automatically when the auto reverse function activates due to a malfunction push and hold the CLOSE side 2 of the moonroof switch Depending on the environment or driving conditions the
474. the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail e Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode 4 90 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems M Full eacy Settings Phone Volume Auto Downloaded Add or edit phonebook entries sis or edit phonebook entries SAA2527 PHONE SETTING To set up the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Vehicle Phonebook To edit the vehicle phonebook use the same procedure as described in VEHICLE PHONE BOOK earlier in this section Delete Phonebook The vehicle phonebook entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Download Handset Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Blue tooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details Volume The following kinds of phone volume can
475. the use of trailer brakes NISSAN recommends the use of a tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3 000 Ib 1 361 kg 2 A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2 000 Ib 907 kg Sway control devices are not offered by NISSAN See a professional trailer hitch outlet for a properly designed sway control device for your trailer Technical and consumer information 9 19 TOWING SAFETY Trailer hitch Choose a proper hitch for your vehicle and trailer A genuine NISSAN trailer hitch is available from a NISSAN dealer Make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached to the vehicle to help avoid personal injury or property damage due to sway caused by crosswinds rough road surfaces or passing trucks WARNING Trailer hitch components have specific weight ratings Your vehicle may be capable of towing a trailer heavier than the weight rating of the hitch compo nents Never exceed the weight rating of the hitch components Doing so can cause serious personal injury or prop erty damage Hitch ball Choose a hitch ball of the proper size and weight rating for your trailer e The required hitch ball size is stamped on most trailer couplers Most hitch balls also have the size printed on top of the ball e Choose the proper class hitch ball based on the trailer weight 9 20 Technical and consumer information e The diameter of the threaded shank of the hitch ball must be matched to the ball mount hole diamete
476. the vehicle correctly 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See VEHICLE PHONEBOOK earlier in this The system consistently selects the section wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 92 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models without navigation system if so equipped WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your vehicle is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module W
477. ther types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant blue or equivalent may damage the engine cooling sys tem CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below the MIN level 2 open the reservoir cap and add coolant up to the MAX level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level 4 If the cooling system frequently requires coolant have it checked by a NISSAN dealer Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service procedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolan
478. times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval WARNING e After rotating the tires check and adjust the tire pressure e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e Do not include the spare tire or any other small size spare tire in the tire rotation e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet 1 fy aa A Wear indicator SDI1663 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage WARNING Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious perso nal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer e For additional infor
479. tion e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which may take up to one minute When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK amp switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data downloaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 125 e Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural voice without pausing Voica Recognition between words BL 4 Phone Y Navigation 4 Information 3 Audio Wy Help Al
480. tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning also appears on the dot matrix liquid crystal display when the low tire pressure warning light is illuminated and low tire pressure is detected The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off The CHECK TIRE PRESSURE warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction 5 4 Starting and driving Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MON ITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section WARNING If the l
481. tor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see a NISSAN dealer 1 19 SSS0351A Shoulder belt height adjustment The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE earlier in this section To adjust pull the adjustment button 4 and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the desired position 2 so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off of your shoulder Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position WARNING After adjustment release the ad justment button and try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system fa lt a ae gt MAN SSS0845 Seat belt hooks When the rear seat belts are not in use and when folding down the rear seats hook the rear outer seat belts on the seat belt hooks SSS0846 Rear center seat belt The rear center seat belt has a connector tongue Q and a seat belt tongue Both the connector tongue and the sea
482. touch the glass envelope Aiming is not necessary after repla cing the bulb When aiming adjust ment is necessary contact a NISSAN dealer Use the same number and wattage as originally installed as shown in the chart Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 Disconnect the battery negative cable before replacing bulbs To replace the headlight bulb if necessary remove the rubber cover by pulling out the two clips A High beam bulb Low beam bulb SDI2183 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Wattage W Bulb No Headlight High Low beams Xenon D2S High beam Halogen HB3 Low beam Halogen H11 Front turn signal park light 1157NA Front turn signal light WY21W Front park light WYS5W Front fog light if so equipped H8 Front side marker WYS5W Rear combination light turn signal WY21W stop tail side marker W5W back up W16W License plate light T10 Front map light Rear personal light Vanity mirror light if so equipped Step light High mounted stop light Cargo light Glove box light Mood light See a NISSAN dealer for replacement Xenon headlight model NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts k Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover
483. trol related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the amp and indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate properly and the in dicator may flash or both and indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable sur face such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the amp indicator may flash or both amp and amp indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the in dicator may flash or both and indicator lights may illuminate The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote keyless entry keyfob ANTI FREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check the anti freeze to assure proper winter protection For additional information see EN GINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Main tenance and do it yourself section
484. ts ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combi nation can cause heat build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emission warranties For USA e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In formation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it has become lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties
485. ttery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port to start the engine Replace the discharged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Start ing and driving section Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv ing radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer CAUTION Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical compo nents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function Do not drop the Intelligent Key Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object Do not change or modify the Intel ligent Key Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is comple tely dry If the outside temperature is below 14 F 10 C
486. ty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI pro tected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 31 MEMO 5 32 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency Emergency engine shut off cceccncceanstexsesentesdueseasinns 6 2 Plat TG A T E E T 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Changing a AG WG aes agiraacasenieapaesstennenaenneet 6 3 Jump Star inig toe verte bse onc tame nee seeteceeeescereaceeesaue fesse 6 9 SS Pa eesin anA AEA 6 11 If your vehicle overheats cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 6 11 Towing your vehicle cz succetdacashtcecee nests decesetsennce 6 12 Towing recommended by NISSAN 5 6 13 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 15 EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF To shut off the engine in an emergency situation while driving perform the following procedure e Rapidly push the push button ignition switch 3 consecutive times or e Push and hold the push button ignition switch for more than 2 seconds 6 2 Incase of emergency FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure wa
487. uld damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 Operation is subject to the following two system later in this section page 4 106 conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth is a trademark owned Bluetooth by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN VOICE RE COGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation 4 84 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA3556 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE button 2 TALK we PHONE SEND button SAA2519 CONNECTING PROCEDURE 1 Push the PHONE button or the button and select the Connec
488. ures in creases the risk of serious injury or death e During programming procedure SICG your garage door or security gate 1 To begin push and hold the 2 outer Home may open or close Make sure that Link buttons to clear the memory until the people and objects are clear of the indicator light A blinks after 20 seconds garage door gate etc that you are Release both buttons programming 2 Position the end of the hand held transmitter e Your vehicle s engine should be 1 to 3 in 20 to 70 mm away from the turned off while programming HomeLink surface HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 2 58 Instruments and controls SIC3613 3 Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed 4 Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other programmed device pus
489. use the rear view camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle The distance guide line and the vehicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects When backing up the vehicle up a SAA1897 Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen A when the selector lever is moved to the R Reverse position Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 SAA1898 3 Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predicted course lines enter the parking space 4 Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines 0 parallel to the parking space C while referring to the predicted course lines 5 When the vehicle is parked in the space completely move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The distance guide line and the vehicle width guide line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and dis played
490. usic Box if so equipped Recording Note that data that is lost and not stored to the hard drive flash memory due to system damage improper operation or malfunction is not under warranty Vehicle owners are not permitted to record music without permission of the owner of the copyright except for personal use Check if the music is appropriately recorded to the hard drive flash memory after record ing when the compact disc cannot be rerecorded Some music cannot be recorded depending on the disc condition due to high speed recording Jumping sounds may be recorded when a compact disc is recorded while driving on rough roads and excessive vibration occurs A mark indicating jumping sounds is dis played if jumping sounds are recorded No sounds may be recorded if jumping sounds occurs or the disc is in poor condition Tracks that include Serial Copy Manage ment System SCMS are not recorded If a compact disc is scratched or dirty it may not be recorded jumping sounds may occur or it may take a long time to record Automatic title download The title information that is automatically downloaded may differ from the actual title When newly released compact discs are recorded their title information may not be downloaded The title information in the hard drive flash memory can be updated See Playing recorded songs later in this section Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and
491. ut AUX Auxiliary button The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computers Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack NISSAN strongly recommend using a stereo mini plug cable when connecting your music device to the audio system Music may not be played properly when you use a monaural cable Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 re AM FM e oe DISC AUX SAA1851 With navigation system 1 AM FM band select button 2 SAT button 3 DISC AUX button SAA3474 CD EJECT button 7 Radio CAT category REW rewind button for ON OFF VOLUME control knob SEEK TRACK Radio station and CD selector buttons 8 FF fast forward button for SEEK TRACK Radio tuning AUDIO control knob Radio SCAN tuning button CD RPT repeat RDM random play button Doe Oe 4 50 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Without navigation system AM FM band select button DISC button AUX SAT band select button SAA1852 FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellit
492. utomatically starts recording when a CD is inserted e Recording Quality for CD The larger number 132 will increase the recorded sound quality while taking up more space on the Music Box leaving less room for more songs For the details of Music Box see MUSIC BOX later in this section Text models without navigation system When the Text key is selected in the screen using the multi function controller and then the ENTER button is pushed while the CD is being played the music information below will be displayed on the screen CD e Disc title e Track title CD with compressed audio files e Folder title e File title e Song title e Album title e Artist Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the fast forward or mass rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the or 44 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD Normal 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random a CD with compressed audio files ee 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat
493. ve any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle e Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle e If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be cause the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off CAUTION Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Avoid direct contact with used en gine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil and engine coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Al ways conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid e Never leave the engine or the CVT related component harnesses dis connected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized com ponent while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warn ing even if the ignition key is in the OFF position
494. vehicles They have higher ground clearance than pas senger cars to make them capable of performing in a variety of on pavement and off road applications This gives them a higher center of gravity than ordinary cars An advantage of higher ground clearance is a better view of the road allowing you to anticipate problems However they are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions If at all possible avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers particularly at high speeds As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or vehicle rollover Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt Be sure to read DRIVING SAFETY PRECAU TIONS later in this section 5 6 Starting and driving OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact
495. vement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Do not attempt to test an AWD equipped vehicle on a 2 wheel dy namometer such as the dynam ometers used by some states for emissions testing or similar equip ment even if the other two wheels are raised off the ground Make sure that you inform the test facility personnel that your vehicle is equipped with AWD before it is placed on a dynamometer Using the wrong test equipment may re sult in drivetrain damage or unex pected vehicle movement which could result in serious vehicle da mage or personal injury Starting and driving 5 21 SSD0418 ALL WHEEL DRIVE AWD LOCK SWITCH OPERATIONS The AWD LOCK switch located on the lower side of the instrument panel This switch is used to select the AUTO or LOCK mode depending on the driving conditions Each time you push the lower part of the switch A the AWD mode will switch AUTO LOCK AUTO 5 22 Starting and driving LOCK mode 2 The AWD LOCK indicator light will illuminate AUTO mode 9 The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off AWD LOCK Use condi indica tions tor light Wheel driven Distribution of tor que to the front and rear wheels changes automatically de pending on road conditions encoun tered 100 0 lt 50 50 This results in im proved driving stabi lity 1 For driving on paved or slippery roads For driving on roug
496. warning light for the front passenger See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag curtain side impact air bag systems and or pretensioner seat belt are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain and rollover air bag and pretensioner systems needs servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seconds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Restraint Systems air bag systems and or the pretensioners may not function properly For additional information see SUPPLEMEN TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain and roll over air bag and or pretensioner sys tems will
497. wice HAZARD once Using door handle or lift gate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME twice OUTSIDE CHIME once Remote keyless entry system Using A or A button HAZARD once HORN none HAZARD twice HORN once Hazard indicator mode Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice HAZARD none Using door handle or lift gate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME none OUTSIDE CHIME none Remote keyless entry system Using A or A button HAZARD twice HORN none HAZARD none HORN none 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments Switching procedure Push the LOCK A and UNLOCK a buttons simultaneously for more than 2 seconds to switch the mode from one to the other When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator mode the hazard indicator flashes 3 times When pushing the buttons to set the hazard indicator and horn mode the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN once e HAZARD 3 times Push 8 for more than 2 sec L HAZARD INDICATOR MODE _ Push f for more than 2 sec HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle 4 located below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly 2 Pull the lever 2 up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood 3 When closing the hood slowly close the hood down and make sure it locks into place SPA2437 WARNING
498. window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after
499. wing a trailer places additional loads on your vehicle s engine drivetrain steer ing braking and other systems A NISSAN Towing Guide U S only is available on the website at www nissanusa com This guide includes information on trailer towing capability and the special equipment required Technical and consumer information 9 15 for proper towing MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS Maximum trailer loads Never allow the total trailer load to exceed the value specified in the Towing Load Specifica tion chart The total trailer load equals trailer weight plus its cargo weight e When towing a trailer load of 1 000 Ibs 454 kg or more trailers with a brake system MUST be used The maximum GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating should not exceed the value specified in the following Towing Load Specification chart 9 16 Technical and consumer information Ee ST10541 The GCWR equals the combined weight of the towing vehicle including passengers and cargo plus the total trailer load Towing loads greater than these or using improper towing equipment could adversely affect vehicle handling braking and performance The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer is not only related to the maximum trailer loads but also the places you plan to tow Tow weights appropriate for level highway driving may have to be reduced on very steep grades or for low traction situations for example on slippery boat ramps Temperature c
500. witch to the OFF posi When opening the driver s door position tion j The inside warning chime sounds continuously NEF to get out of the vehicle The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli Key port gent Key port The NO KEY warning appears on the display The selector lever is not in the P Park Shift the selector lever to the P Park position position When pushing the ignition switch to stop the engine the outside chime sounds 3 times and the The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi inside warning chime sounds for a few position tion seconds When closing the door after get ting out of the vehicle _ The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF Move the selector lever to the P Park position and the selector lever is not in position and push the ignition switch to the the P Park position OFF position When closing the door with the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Gan the ineligent aeons inside lock knob turned to LOCK and all the doors unlock Or Cargo area y J y you When pushing the request switch The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Cam rencon Kerni or the LOCK button on the The outside chime sounds for a few seconds Cargo area Intelligent Key to lock the door A door is not closed securely Close the door securely The SHIFT P wa
501. with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive e DVD VIDEO e VIDEO CD e CD DA Conventional Compact Disc e DTS CD USB Universal Serial Bus if so equipped This system supports various USB memory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players There are some USB devices which may not be supported with this system Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connector Do not force the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connector This could damage the connector During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the USB device and dehu midify or ventilate the USB player comple tely The USB player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Do not leave USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air condi tioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged The vehicle is not equipped with a USB memory stick A USB device cannot be formatted with this system To format a USB device use a personal computer Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen Using
502. y Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the contacted area with water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it In case of emergency 6 9 unnecessary electrical systems lights hea ter air conditioner etc 3 Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard 4 Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated N gt gt gt If the battery is discharged the ignition switch cannot be moved from the OFF position Connect the jumper cables to the booster vehicle before pushing the ignition switch CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative
503. y heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 69 TUNE 3 Track Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 1of 13 SAA2513 Models with navigation system 0 00 o oW TECA zoo aooo ff roo iE A 5 XXXXXXXXXX Z Tonn Cea a OXXXXXXXXXXXX 0 07 SAA2612 Models without navigation system Recording CDs 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For the details of playing CDs see FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER earlier in this section 2 Select the Start REC key NOTE The system starts playing and record ing the 1st track on the CD when the Start REC key is selected The recording process can be stopped at any time All tracks that were played before the CD was stopped are stored Individual tracks can be deleted from the hard drive flash memory after the CD is recorded 4 70 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems TUNE 3 Track Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 1of 13 0 08 E SAA2514 Models with navigation system 0 00 CN _EXXXXXXXXXX e 2 xxoooon0 G Faxon iE Fe ooo IE rectekt at eww own XXXXXXXXXXXX 0 01 SAA2613 Models without navigation system If the title information of the track being recorded is stored either in the hard drive flash memory or in the CD the title is automatically
504. you at night Use the day position 2 when driving in daylight hours WARNING Use the night position only when ne cessary because it reduces rear view clarity Type A Type B SPA2422A SPA2450 Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light A will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Type A Push the l switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally and the indicator light will turn off Push the I switch again to turn the system on Type B Push the switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch D to turn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper opera tion For the compass if so equipped operation see COMPASS in the 2 Instruments and con trols section For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver opera tion see HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI VER in the 2 Instruments and controls section P
505. ype injuries Active Head Restraints are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position 1 11 Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section ADJUSTABLE HEADREST WARNING The adjustable headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end colli sions Adjust the headrests properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the SSS1014 SSS0992 adjustable headrest stalks or remove The illustration shows the seating positions Components the adjustable headrests Do not use equipped with adjustable headrests The head 4 Adjustable headrest the seat if the adjustable headrests rests are adjustable have been removed If the headrest m Indicates the seating position is equipped ei MENT CnE NOUNS was removed reinstall and properly with an adjustable headrest 3 Lock knob adjust the headrest before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the adjustable head rests This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision 4 Stalks 1 12 Safety Seats seat belt
506. ystem WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any mal function in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain
507. ystem brake system etc to install a trailer hitch To reduce the possibility of addi tional damage if your vehicle is struck from the rear where practi cal remove the hitch and or recei ver when not in use After the hitch is removed seal the bolt holes to prevent exhaust fumes water or dust from entering the passenger compartment Regularly check that all trailer hitch mounting bolts are securely mounted Tire pressures e When towing a trailer inflate the vehicle tires to the recommended cold tire pressure indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label e Trailer tire condition size load rating and proper inflation pressure should be in accordance with the trailer and tire manufacturers specifications Safety chains Always use a suitable chain between your vehicle and the trailer The safety chains should be crossed and should be attached to the hitch not to the vehicle bumper or axle The safety chains can be attached to the bumper if the hitch ball is mounted to the bumper Be sure to leave enough slack in the chains to permit turning corners Trailer lights CAUTION When splicing into the vehicle electrical system a commercially available power type module converter must be used to provide power for all trailer lighting This unit uses the vehicle battery as a direct power source for all trailer lights while using the vehicle tail light stoplight and turn signal circuits as a Signal sou

Clarion Z51-D Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents